Annual Statements Open main menu

GLACIER BANCORP, INC. - Annual Report: 2013 (Form 10-K)



UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
______________________________________________________________________
FORM 10-K
______________________________________________________________________
ý Annual report pursuant to section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 or
¨ Transition report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
For the transition period from __________ to __________             
Commission file number 000-18911
______________________________________________________________________
GLACIER BANCORP, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 ______________________________________________________________________
MONTANA
81-0519541
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
(IRS Employer
Identification No.)
 
 
49 Commons Loop, Kalispell, Montana
59901
(Address of principal executive offices)
(Zip Code)
(406) 756-4200
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share
NASDAQ Global Select Market
(Title of each class)
(Name of each exchange on which registered)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: NONE
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    ý  Yes    ¨  No
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    ¨  Yes    ý  No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    ý  Yes    ¨  No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months.    ý  Yes    ¨  No
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to item 405 of regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company.
 
Large accelerated filer
ý
Accelerated filer
¨
Non-accelerated filer
¨
Smaller reporting company
¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    ¨  Yes    ý  No
The aggregate market value of the voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the Registrant at June 30, 2013 (the last business day of the most recent second quarter), was $1,582,440,108 (based on the average bid and ask price as quoted on the NASDAQ Global Select Market at the close of business on that date).
The number of shares of Registrant’s common stock outstanding on February 13, 2014 was 74,426,962. No preferred shares are issued or outstanding.
Document Incorporated by Reference
Portions of the 2014 Annual Meeting Proxy Statement dated March 24, 2014 are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K.



TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 
 
Page
PART I
 
 
 
 
 
Item 1
Item 1A
Item 1B
Item 2
Item 3
Item 4
 
 
 
PART II
 
 
 
 
 
Item 5
Item 6
Item 7
Item 7A
Item 8
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 9
Item 9A
Item 9B
 
 
 
PART III
 
 
 
 
 
Item 10
Item 11
Item 12
Item 13
Item 14
 
 
 
PART IV
 
 
 
 
 
Item 15
 
 
 
SIGNATURES
 





PART I
 
Item 1. Business

Glacier Bancorp, Inc. (“Company”), headquartered in Kalispell, Montana, is a Montana corporation incorporated in 2004 as a successor corporation to the Delaware corporation originally incorporated in 1990. The Company is a publicly-traded company and its common stock trades on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol GBCI. The Company provides commercial banking services from 118 locations in Montana, Idaho, Wyoming, Colorado, Utah and Washington through thirteen divisions of its wholly-owned bank subsidiary, Glacier Bank (“Bank”). The Company offers a wide range of banking products and services, including transaction and savings deposits, real estate, commercial, agriculture, and consumer loans and mortgage origination services. The Company serves individuals, small to medium-sized businesses, community organizations and public entities. For information regarding the Company’s lending, investment and funding activities, see “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Subsidiaries
The Company includes the parent holding company and nine wholly-owned subsidiaries which consist of the Bank and eight non-bank subsidiaries. The eight non-bank subsidiaries include GBCI Other Real Estate Owned (“GORE”) and seven trust subsidiaries. The Company formed GORE to isolate certain bank foreclosed properties for legal protection and administrative purposes and the remaining properties are currently held for sale. GORE is included in the Bank operating segment due to its insignificant activity. The Company owns the following trust subsidiaries, each of which issued trust preferred securities as Tier 1 capital instruments: Glacier Capital Trust II, Glacier Capital Trust III, Glacier Capital Trust IV, Citizens (ID) Statutory Trust I, Bank of the San Juans Bancorporation Trust I, First Company Statutory Trust 2001 and First Company Statutory Trust 2003. The trust subsidiaries are not included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. As of December 31, 2013, none of the Company’s subsidiaries were engaged in any operations in foreign countries.

On April 30, 2012, the Company combined its multiple bank subsidiaries into a single bank subsidiary, Glacier Bank. Subsequently, the bank subsidiaries operate as separate bank divisions within the Bank, using the same names and management teams as before the combination. Prior to the combination of the bank subsidiaries, the Company considered each of its bank subsidiaries, GORE, and the parent holding company to be its operating segments. Subsequent to the combination of the bank subsidiaries, the Company considered the Bank to be its sole operating segment.

The Company provides full service brokerage services (selling products such as stocks, bonds, mutual funds, limited partnerships, annuities and other insurance products) through Raymond James Financial Services, a non-affiliated company. The Company shares in the commissions generated, without devoting significant employee time to this portion of the business.

Recent Acquisitions
The Company’s strategy is to profitably grow its business through internal growth and selective acquisitions. The Company continues to look for profitable expansion opportunities in existing markets and new markets in the Rocky Mountain states. During the last five years, the Company has completed the following acquisitions:
North Cascades Bancshares, Inc. (“NCBI”) and its subsidiary, North Cascades National Bank, on July 31, 2013
Wheatland Bankshares, Inc. (“Wheatland”) and its subsidiary, First State Bank, on May 31, 2013
First Company and its subsidiary, First Bank of Wyoming, formerly First National Bank & Trust, on October 2, 2009
 
Market Area
The Company has 118 locations, of which 8 are loan or administration offices, in 41 counties within 6 states including Montana, Idaho, Wyoming, Colorado, Utah, and Washington. The Company has 55 locations in Montana, 27 locations in Idaho, 17 locations in Wyoming, 3 locations in Colorado, 4 locations in Utah and 12 locations in Washington.

The market area’s economic base primarily focuses on tourism, energy, construction, mining, manufacturing, agriculture, service industry, and health care. The tourism industry is highly influenced by two national parks, several ski resorts, significant lakes, and rural scenic areas.

Competition
Based on the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) summary of deposits survey as of June 30, 2013, the Company has approximately 23 percent of the total FDIC insured deposits in the 13 counties that it services in Montana. In Idaho, the Company has approximately 6 percent of the deposits in the 9 counties that it services. In Wyoming, the Company has 26 percent of the deposits in the 8 counties it services. In Colorado, the Company has 10 percent of the deposits in the 2 counties it services. In Utah, the Company has 12 percent of the deposits in the 3 counties it services. In Washington, the Company has 4 percent of the deposits in the 6 counties it services.


3



Commercial banking is a highly competitive business and operates in a rapidly changing environment. There are a large number of depository institutions including savings and loans, commercial banks, and credit unions in the markets in which the Company has offices. Non-depository financial service institutions, primarily in the securities and insurance industries, have also become competitors for retail savings and investment funds. In addition to offering competitive interest rates, the principal methods used by the Bank to attract deposits include the offering of a variety of services including on-line banking, mobile banking and convenient office locations and business hours. The primary factors in competing for loans are interest rates and rate adjustment provisions, loan maturities, loan fees, and the quality of service to borrowers and brokers.

Employees
As of December 31, 2013, the Company employed 1,919 persons, 1,706 of whom were employed full time, none of whom were represented by a collective bargaining group. The Company provides its employees with a comprehensive benefit program, including health and dental insurance, life and accident insurance, long-term disability coverage, sick leave, 401(k) plan, profit sharing plan and a stock-based compensation plan. The Company considers its employee relations to be excellent. See Note 16 in the Consolidated Financial Statements in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for detailed information regarding employee benefit plans and eligibility requirements.

Board of Directors and Committees
The Company’s Board of Directors (“Board”) has the ultimate authority and responsibility for overseeing risk management at the Company. Some aspects of risk oversight are fulfilled at the full Board level and the Board delegates other aspects of its risk oversight function to its committees. The Board has established, among others, an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee, a Nominating/Corporate Governance Committee, Compliance Committee and a Risk Oversight Committee. Additional information regarding Board committees is set forth under the heading “Meetings and Committees of the Board of Directors - Committee Membership” in the Company’s 2014 Annual Meeting Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

Website Access
Copies of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 are available free of charge through the Company’s website (www.glacierbancorp.com) as soon as reasonably practicable after the Company has filed the material with, or furnished it to, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Copies can also be obtained by accessing the SEC’s website (www.sec.gov).

Supervision and Regulation
The following discussion provides an overview of certain elements of the extensive regulatory framework applicable to the Company and the Bank. This regulatory framework is primarily designed for the protection of depositors, the federal Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”) and the banking system as a whole, rather than specifically for the protection of shareholders. Due to the breadth and growth of this regulatory framework, the costs of compliance continue to increase in order to monitor and satisfy these requirements.

To the extent that this section describes statutory and regulatory provisions, it is qualified by reference to those provisions. These statutes and regulations, as well as related policies, are subject to change by Congress, state legislatures and federal and state banking regulators. Changes in statutes, regulations or regulatory policies applicable to the Company, including the interpretation or implementation thereof, could have a material effect on the Company’s business or operations. Numerous changes to the statutes, regulations or regulatory policies applicable to the Company have been made or proposed in recent years. The full extent to which these changes will impact the Company is not yet known. However, continued efforts to monitor and comply with new regulatory requirements add to the complexity and cost of the Company’s business.

The Bank is subject to regulation and supervision by the Montana Department of Administration's Banking and Financial Institutions Division, the FDIC, and, with respect to branches of the Bank outside of Montana, applicable state regulators.

Federal Bank Holding Company Regulation
General. The Company is a bank holding company as defined in the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (“BHCA”), due to its ownership of the Bank. As a bank holding company, the Company is subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the Federal Reserve. In general, the BHCA limits the business of bank holding companies to owning or controlling banks and engaging in other activities closely related to banking. The Company must also file reports with and provide additional information to the Federal Reserve. Under the Financial Services Modernization Act of 1999, a bank holding company may apply to the Federal Reserve to become a financial holding company, and thereby engage (directly or through a subsidiary) in certain expanded activities deemed financial in nature, such as securities and insurance underwriting.


4



Holding Company Bank Ownership. The BHCA requires every bank holding company to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve before 1) acquiring, directly or indirectly, ownership or control of any voting shares of another bank or bank holding company if, after such acquisition, it would own or control more than 5 percent of such shares; 2) acquiring all or substantially all of the assets of another bank or bank holding company; or 3) merging or consolidating with another bank holding company.

Holding Company Control of Nonbanks. With some exceptions, the BHCA also prohibits a bank holding company from acquiring or retaining direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5 percent of the voting shares of any company that is not a bank or bank holding company, or from engaging directly or indirectly in activities other than those of banking, managing or controlling banks or providing services for its subsidiaries. The principal exceptions to these prohibitions involve certain non-bank activities that, by federal statute, agency regulation or order, have been identified as activities closely related to the business of banking or of managing or controlling banks.

Transactions with Affiliates. Bank subsidiaries of a bank holding company are subject to restrictions imposed by the Federal Reserve Act on extensions of credit to the holding company or its subsidiaries, on investments in securities, and on the use of securities as collateral for loans to any borrower. These regulations and restrictions may limit the Company’s ability to obtain funds from the Bank for its cash needs, including funds for payment of dividends, interest and operational expenses.

Tying Arrangements. The Company is prohibited from engaging in certain tie-in arrangements in connection with any extension of credit, sale or lease of property or furnishing of services. For example, with certain exceptions, neither the Company nor the Bank may condition an extension of credit to a customer on either 1) a requirement that the customer obtain additional services provided by the Company or the Bank or 2) an agreement by the customer to refrain from obtaining other services from a competitor.

Support of Bank Subsidiaries. Under Federal Reserve policy and the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank Act”), the Company is expected to act as a source of financial and managerial strength to the Bank. This means that the Company is required to commit, as necessary, resources to support the Bank. Any capital loans a bank holding company makes to its bank subsidiaries are subordinate to deposits and to certain other indebtedness of the bank subsidiaries.

State Law Restrictions. As a Montana corporation, the Company is subject to certain limitations and restrictions under applicable Montana corporate law. For example, state law restrictions in Montana include limitations and restrictions relating to indemnification of directors, distributions to shareholders, transactions involving directors, officers or interested shareholders, maintenance of books, records and minutes, and observance of certain corporate formalities.

Federal and State Regulation of the Bank
General. Deposits in the Bank, a Montana state-chartered bank with branches in Montana, Colorado, Idaho, Utah, Washington and Wyoming, are insured by the FDIC. The Bank is subject to regulation and supervision by the Montana Department of Administration's Banking and Financial Institutions Division and the FDIC. In addition, with respect to branches of the Bank outside of Montana, Glacier is subject to regulation and supervision by the applicable state banking regulators. The federal laws that apply to the Bank regulate, among other things, the scope of its business, its investments, its reserves against deposits, the timing of the availability of deposited funds, and the nature, amount of, and collateral for loans. Federal laws also regulate community reinvestment and insider credit transactions and impose safety and soundness standards.

Consumer Protection. The Bank is subject to a variety of federal and state consumer protection laws and regulations that govern its relationship with consumers including laws and regulations that impose certain disclosure requirements and regulate the manner in which the Bank takes deposits, make and collect loans, and provide other services. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations may subject the Bank to various penalties, including but not limited to, enforcement actions, injunctions, fines, civil liability, criminal penalties, punitive damages, and the loss of certain contractual rights.

Community Reinvestment. The Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 ("CRA") requires that, in connection with examinations of financial institutions within their jurisdiction, federal bank regulators must evaluate the record of financial institutions in meeting the credit needs of its local communities, including low and moderate-income neighborhoods, consistent with the safe and sound operation of those banks. A bank’s community reinvestment record is also considered by the applicable banking agencies in evaluating mergers, acquisitions, and applications to open a branch or facility.

Insider Credit Transactions. Banks are also subject to certain restrictions on extensions of credit to executive officers, directors, principal shareholders, and their related interests. Extensions of credit 1) must be made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, and follow credit underwriting procedures that are at least as stringent, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with persons not related to the lending bank; and 2) must not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features. Banks are also subject to certain lending limits and restrictions on overdrafts to insiders. A violation of these restrictions may result in the assessment of substantial civil monetary penalties, regulatory enforcement actions, and other regulatory sanctions.

5




Regulation of Management. Federal law 1) sets forth circumstances under which officers or directors of a bank may be removed by the institution’s federal supervisory agency; 2) places restraints on lending by a bank to its executive officers, directors, principal shareholders, and their related interests; and 3) generally prohibits management personnel of a bank from serving as directors or in other management positions of another financial institution whose assets exceed a specified amount or which has an office within a specified geographic area.

Safety and Soundness Standards. Certain non-capital safety and soundness standards are also imposed upon banks. These standards cover, among other things, internal controls, information systems and internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth, compensation, fees and benefits, such other operational and managerial standards as the agency determines to be appropriate, and standards for asset quality, earnings and stock valuation. An institution that fails to meet these standards may be subject to regulatory sanctions.

Interstate Banking and Branching
The Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994 (“Interstate Act”) together with the Dodd-Frank Act, relaxed prior interstate branching restrictions under federal law by permitting, subject to regulatory approval, state and federally chartered commercial banks to establish branches in states where the laws permit banks chartered in such states to establish branches. The Interstate Act requires regulators to consult with community organizations before permitting an interstate institution to close a branch in a low-income area. Federal bank regulations prohibit banks from using their interstate branches primarily for deposit production and federal bank regulatory agencies have implemented a loan-to-deposit ratio screen to ensure compliance with this prohibition.

Dividends
A principal source of the parent holding company’s cash is from dividends received from the Bank, which are subject to government regulation and limitation. Regulatory authorities may prohibit banks and bank holding companies from paying dividends in a manner that would constitute an unsafe or unsound banking practice. In addition, a bank may not pay cash dividends if that payment could reduce the amount of its capital below that necessary to meet minimum applicable regulatory capital requirements. The Bank is subject to Montana state law and cannot declare a dividend greater than the previous two years' net earnings without providing notice to the state. Additionally, current guidance from the Federal Reserve provides, among other things, that dividends per share on the Company’s common stock generally should not exceed earnings per share, measured over the previous four fiscal quarters. The third installment of the Basel Accords (the “Basel III”) introduces additional limitations on banks’ ability to issue dividends by imposing a capital conservation buffer requirement.

Capital Adequacy
Regulatory Capital Guidelines. Federal bank regulatory agencies use capital adequacy guidelines in the examination and regulation of bank holding companies and banks. The guidelines are “risk-based,” meaning that they are designed to make capital requirements more sensitive to differences in risk profiles among banks and bank holding companies.

Tier I and Tier II Capital. Under the guidelines, an institution’s capital is divided into two broad categories, Tier I capital and Tier II capital. Tier I capital generally consists of common shareholders’ equity (including surplus and undivided profits), qualifying non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, and qualified minority interests in the equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries. Tier II capital generally consists of the allowance for loan and lease losses, hybrid capital instruments, and qualifying subordinated debt. The sum of Tier I capital and Tier II capital represents an institution’s total capital. The guidelines require that at least 50 percent of an institution’s total capital consist of Tier I capital.

Risk-based Capital Ratios. The adequacy of an institution’s capital is gauged primarily with reference to the institution’s risk-weighted assets. The guidelines assign risk weightings to an institution’s assets in an effort to quantify the relative risk of each asset and to determine the minimum capital required to support that risk. An institution’s risk-weighted assets are then compared with its Tier I capital and total capital to arrive at a Tier I risk-based capital ratio and a Total risk-based capital ratio, respectively. The guidelines provide that an institution must have a minimum Tier I risk-based capital ratio of 4 percent and a minimum Total risk-based capital ratio of 8 percent.

Leverage Ratio. The guidelines also employ a leverage ratio, which is Tier I capital as a percentage of average total assets, less intangibles. The principal objective of the leverage ratio is to constrain the maximum degree to which banks may leverage its equity capital base. The minimum leverage ratio is 3 percent; however, for all but the most highly rated bank holding companies and for bank holding companies seeking to expand, regulators expect an additional cushion of at least 1 to 2 percent.

Prompt Corrective Action. Under the guidelines, an institution is assigned to one of five capital categories depending on its Total risk-based capital ratio, Tier I risk-based capital ratio, and leverage ratio, together with certain subjective factors. The categories range from “well capitalized” to “critically undercapitalized.” Institutions that are “undercapitalized” or lower are subject to certain mandatory supervisory corrective actions. At each successively lower capital category, an insured bank is subject to increased restrictions on its operations. During these challenging economic times, the federal banking regulators have actively enforced these provisions.

6




Basel III. Basel III updates and revises significantly the current international bank capital accords (so-called “Basel I” and “Basel II”). Basel III is intended to be implemented by participating countries for large, internationally active banks. However, standards consistent with Basel III will be formally implemented in the United States through a series of regulations, some of which may apply to other banks. In addition to the standards agreed to by the Basel III Committee, the U.S. implementing rules also incorporate certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. Among other things, Basel III:
Creates “Tier 1 Common Equity,” a new measure of regulatory capital closer to pure tangible common equity than the present Tier 1 definition;
Establishes a required minimum risk-based capital ratio for Tier 1 Common Equity at 4.5 percent and adds a 2.5 percent capital conservation buffer;
Increases the required Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio to 6.0 percent and the required Total risk-based capital ratio to 8.0 percent;
Increases the required leverage ratio to 4 percent; and
Allows for permanent grandfathering of non-qualifying instruments, such as trust preferred securities, issued prior to May 19, 2010 for depository institution holding companies with less than $15 billion in total assets as of year-end 2009, subject to a limit of 25 percent of Tier 1 capital.

The full impact of the Basel III rules cannot be determined at this time as many regulations are still being written and the implementation of currently released regulations for banks not subject to the advanced approach rule, such as the Company and the Bank, will not begin until January 1, 2015. Certain aspects of the Basel III will be phased over a period of time after January 1, 2015.

Regulatory Oversight and Examination
The Federal Reserve conducts periodic inspections of bank holding companies, which are performed both onsite and offsite. The supervisory objectives of the inspection program are to ascertain whether the financial strength of a bank holding company is maintained on an ongoing basis and to determine the effects or consequences of transactions between a bank holding company or its non-banking subsidiaries and its bank subsidiaries. For bank holding companies under $10 billion in assets, the inspection type and frequency varies depending on asset size, complexity of the organization, and the bank holding company’s rating at its last inspection.

Banks are subject to periodic examinations by their primary regulators. Bank examinations have evolved from reliance on transaction testing in assessing a bank’s condition to a risk-focused approach. These examinations are extensive and cover the entire breadth of operations of a bank. Generally, safety and soundness examinations occur on an 18-month cycle for banks under $500 million in total assets that are well capitalized and without regulatory issues, and 12-months otherwise. Examinations alternate between the federal and state bank regulatory agency or may occur on a combined schedule. The frequency of consumer compliance and CRA examinations is linked to the size of the institution and its compliance and CRA ratings at its most recent examinations. However, the examination authority of the Federal Reserve and the FDIC allows them to examine supervised banks as frequently as deemed necessary based on the condition of the bank or as a result of certain triggering events.

Corporate Governance and Accounting
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“Act”) addresses, among other things, corporate governance, auditing and accounting, enhanced and timely disclosure of corporate information, and penalties for non-compliance. Generally, the Act 1) requires chief executive officers and chief financial officers to certify to the accuracy of periodic reports filed with the SEC; 2) imposes specific and enhanced corporate disclosure requirements; 3) accelerates the time frame for reporting of insider transactions and periodic disclosures by public companies; 4) requires companies to adopt and disclose information about corporate governance practices, including whether or not they have adopted a code of ethics for senior financial officers and whether the audit committee includes at least one “audit committee financial expert;” and 5) requires the SEC, based on certain enumerated factors, to regularly and systematically review corporate filings.

As a publicly reporting company, the Company is subject to the requirements of the Act and related rules and regulations issued by the SEC and NASDAQ. After enactment, the Company updated its policies and procedures to comply with the Act’s requirements and has found that such compliance, including compliance with Section 404 of the Act relating to the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, has resulted in significant additional expense for the Company. The Company will continue to incur additional expense in its ongoing compliance.


7



Anti-Terrorism
USA Patriot Act of 2001. The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, intended to combat terrorism, was renewed with certain amendments in 2006 (“Patriot Act”). The Patriot Act, in relevant part, 1) prohibits banks from providing correspondent accounts directly to foreign shell banks; 2) imposes due diligence requirements on banks opening or holding accounts for foreign financial institutions or wealthy foreign individuals; 3) requires financial institutions to establish an anti-money-laundering compliance program; and 4) eliminates civil liability for persons who file suspicious activity reports.

Financial Services Modernization
Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Financial Services Modernization Act of 1999 (“GLB Act”) brought about significant changes to the laws affecting banks and bank holding companies. Generally, the GLB Act 1) repeals historical restrictions on preventing banks from affiliating with securities firms; 2) provides a uniform framework for the activities of banks, savings institutions and their holding companies; 3) broadens the activities that may be conducted by national banks and banking subsidiaries of bank holding companies; 4) provides an enhanced framework for protecting the privacy of consumer information and requires notification to consumers of bank privacy policies; and 5) addresses a variety of other legal and regulatory issues affecting both day-to-day operations and long-term activities of financial institutions. Bank holding companies that qualify and elect to become financial holding companies can engage in a wider variety of financial activities than permitted under previous law, particularly with respect to insurance and securities underwriting activities.

The Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008
In response to market turmoil and financial crises affecting the overall banking system and financial markets in the United States, the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (“EESA”) was enacted on October 3, 2008. EESA provides the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“Treasury”) with broad authority to implement certain actions intended to help restore stability and liquidity to the U.S. financial markets.

Deposit Insurance
The Bank's deposits are insured under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, up to the maximum applicable limits and are subject to deposit insurance assessments designed to tie what banks pay for deposit insurance to the risks they pose. The Dodd-Frank Act broadened the base for FDIC insurance assessments. Assessments are now based on the average consolidated total assets less tangible equity capital of a financial institution. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act raised the minimum designated reserve ratio (the FDIC is required to set the reserve ratio each year) of the DIF from 1.15 percent to 1.35 percent; requires that the DIF meet that minimum ratio of insured deposits by 2020; and eliminates the requirement that the FDIC pay dividends to insured depository institutions when the reserve ratio exceeds certain thresholds. The FDIC has established a higher reserve ratio of 2 percent as a long-term goal beyond what is required by statute. The deposit insurance assessments to be paid by the Bank could increase as a result.

Insurance of Deposit Accounts. The EESA included a provision for a temporary increase from $100,000 to $250,000 per depositor in deposit insurance. The temporary increase was made permanent under the Dodd-Frank Act. The FDIC insurance coverage limit applies per depositor, per insured depository institution for each account ownership category. EESA also temporarily raised the limit on federal deposit insurance coverage to an unlimited amount for non-interest or low-interest bearing demand deposits. Unlimited coverage for non-interest transaction accounts expired December 31, 2012.

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act
As a result of the financial crises, on July 21, 2010 the Dodd-Frank Act was signed into law. The Dodd-Frank Act significantly changed the bank regulatory structure and is affecting the lending, deposit, investment, trading and operating activities of financial institutions and their holding companies, including the Company and the Bank. The full impact of the Dodd-Frank Act may not be known for years. Some of the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act that may impact the Company's business are summarized below.

The Dodd-Frank Act requires publicly traded companies to provide their shareholders with 1) a non-binding shareholder vote on executive compensation; 2) a non-binding shareholder vote on the frequency of such vote; 3) disclosure of “golden parachute” arrangements in connection with specified change in control transactions; and 4) a non-binding shareholder vote on golden parachute arrangements in connection with these change in control transactions. Except with respect to “smaller reporting companies” and participants in the Capital Purchase Program, the new rules applied to proxy statements relating to annual meetings of shareholders held after January 20, 2011. “Smaller reporting companies,” those with a public float of less than $75 million, are required to include the non-binding shareholder votes on executive compensation and the frequency thereof in proxy statements relating to annual meetings occurring on or after January 21, 2013.

The Dodd-Frank Act generally prohibits a depository institution from converting from a state to federal charter, or vice versa, while it is the subject to an enforcement action unless the depository institution seeks prior approval from its regulator and complies with specified procedures to ensure compliance with the enforcement action.


8



The Dodd-Frank Act created a new, independent federal agency called the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection (“CFPB”). The CFPB has broad rulemaking, supervision and enforcement authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws applicable to banks with greater than $10 billion in assets. Smaller institutions are subject to certain rules promulgated by the CFPB but will continue to be examined and supervised by their federal banking regulators for compliance purposes. The CFPB has issued numerous regulations amending the Truth in Lending Act that will increase the compliance burden of the Bank.

The Dodd-Frank Act repeals the federal prohibitions on the payment of interest on demand deposits, thereby permitting depository institutions to pay interest on business transaction and other accounts.

Proposed Legislation
General. Proposed legislation is introduced in almost every federal, state or local legislative session. Certain of such legislation could dramatically affect the regulation of the banking industry. The Company cannot predict if any such legislation will be adopted or if it is adopted how it would affect the business of the Company or the Bank. Recent history has demonstrated that new legislation or changes to existing laws or regulations usually results in a greater compliance burden and, therefore, generally increases the cost of doing business.

Effects of Federal Government Monetary Policy
The Company’s earnings and growth are affected not only by general economic conditions, but also by the fiscal and monetary policies of the federal government, particularly the Federal Reserve. The Federal Reserve implements national monetary policy for such purposes as curbing inflation and combating recession, but its open market operations in U.S. government securities, control of the discount rate applicable to borrowings from the Federal Reserve, and establishment of reserve requirements against certain deposits, influence the growth of bank loans, investments and deposits, and also affect interest rates charged on loans or paid on deposits. The nature and impact of future changes in monetary policies and their impact on the Company or the Bank cannot be predicted with certainty.


Item 1A. Risk Factors

An investment in the Company’s common stock involves certain risks. The following is a discussion of the most significant risks and uncertainties that may affect the Company’s business, financial condition and future results.

The slowly recovering economic environment could have an adverse effect on the Company’s future results of operations or the market price of its stock.
The national economy, and the financial services sector in particular, are still facing significant challenges. Substantially all of the Company’s loans are to businesses and individuals in Montana, Idaho, Wyoming, Utah, Colorado and Washington markets facing many of the same challenges as the national economy, including continued unemployment and slow recovery in commercial and residential real estate. Although some economic indicators are improving both nationally and in the Company’s markets, there remains substantial uncertainty regarding when and how strongly a sustained economic recovery will occur, and whether there will be another recession. These economic conditions can cause borrowers to be unable to pay their loans. The inability of borrowers to repay loans can erode earnings by reducing net interest income and by requiring the Company to add to its allowance for loan and lease losses (“ALLL” or “allowance”). While the Company cannot accurately predict how long these conditions may exist, the challenging economy could continue to present risks for some time for the industry and the Company. A further deterioration in economic conditions in the nation as a whole or in the Company’s markets could result in the following consequences, any of which could have an adverse impact, which may be material, on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects, and could also cause the market price of the Company’s stock to decline:
loan delinquencies may increase;
problem assets and foreclosures may increase;
collateral for loans made may decline in value, in turn reducing customers’ borrowing power, reducing the value of assets and collateral associated with existing loans and increasing the potential severity of loss in the event of loan defaults;
demand for banking products and services may decline; and
low cost or non-interest bearing deposits may decrease.


9



The allowance for loan and lease losses may not be adequate to cover actual loan losses, which could adversely affect earnings.
The Company maintains an allowance in an amount that it believes is adequate to provide for losses in the loan portfolio. While the Company strives to carefully manage and monitor credit quality and to identify loans that may become non-performing, at any time there are loans included in the portfolio that will result in losses, but that have not been identified as non-performing or potential problem loans. With respect to real estate loans and property taken in satisfaction of such loans (“other real estate owned” or “OREO”), the Company can be required to recognize significant declines in the value of the underlying real estate collateral or OREO quite suddenly as values are updated through appraisals and evaluations (new or updated) performed in the normal course of monitoring the credit quality of the loans. There are many factors that can cause the value of real estate to decline, including declines in the general real estate market, changes in methodology applied by appraisers, and/or using a different appraiser than was used for the prior appraisal or evaluation. The Company’s ability to recover on real estate loans by selling or disposing of the underlying real estate collateral is adversely impacted by declining values, which increases the likelihood the Company will suffer losses on defaulted loans beyond the amounts provided for in the ALLL. This, in turn, could require material increases in the Company’s provision for loan losses and ALLL. By closely monitoring credit quality, the Company attempts to identify deteriorating loans before they become non-performing assets and adjust the ALLL accordingly. However, because future events are uncertain, and if difficult economic conditions continue or worsen, there may be loans that deteriorate to a non-performing status in an accelerated time frame. As a result, future additions to the ALLL may be necessary. Because the loan portfolio contains a number of loans with relatively large balances, the deterioration of one or a few of these loans may cause a significant increase in non-performing loans, requiring an increase to the ALLL. Additionally, future significant additions to the ALLL may be required based on changes in the mix of loans comprising the portfolio, changes in the financial condition of borrowers, which may result from changes in economic conditions, or changes in the assumptions used in determining the ALLL. Additionally, federal and state banking regulators, as an integral part of their supervisory function, periodically review the Company’s loan portfolio and the adequacy of the ALLL. These regulatory authorities may require the Company to recognize further loan loss provisions or charge-offs based upon their judgments, which may be different from the Company’s judgments. Any increase in the ALLL could have an adverse effect, which could be material, on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

The Company has a high concentration of loans secured by real estate, so any deterioration in the real estate markets could require material increases in the ALLL and adversely affect the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.
The Company has a high degree of concentration in loans secured by real estate. A slower recovery in the real estate markets could adversely impact borrowers’ ability to repay loans secured by real estate and the value of real estate collateral, thereby increasing the credit risk associated with the loan portfolio. The Company’s ability to recover on these loans by selling or disposing of the underlying real estate collateral is adversely impacted by declining real estate values, which increases the likelihood that the Company will suffer losses on defaulted loans secured by real estate beyond the amounts provided for in the ALLL. This, in turn, could require material increases in the ALLL which would adversely affect the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

There can be no assurance the Company will be able to continue paying dividends on the common stock at recent levels.
The Company declared dividends of $0.60 per share and $0.53 per share in 2013 and 2012, respectively. The Company may not be able to continue paying quarterly dividends commensurate with recent levels given that the ability to pay dividends on the Company’s common stock depends on a variety of factors. The payment of dividends is subject to government regulation in that regulatory authorities may prohibit banks and bank holding companies from paying dividends that would constitute an unsafe or unsound banking practice. Current guidance from the Federal Reserve provides, among other things, that dividends per share should not exceed earnings per share measured over the previous four fiscal quarters. The Bank is also subject to Montana state law and cannot declare a dividend greater than the previous two years’ net earnings without providing notice to the state. As a result, future dividends will generally depend on the sufficiency of earnings.

The Company may not be able to continue to grow organically or through acquisitions.
Historically, the Company has expanded through a combination of organic growth and acquisitions. If market and regulatory conditions remain challenging, the Company may be unable to grow organically or successfully complete or integrate potential future acquisitions. Furthermore, there can be no assurance that the Company can successfully complete such transactions, since they are subject to regulatory review and approval.

The FDIC has adopted a plan to increase the federal Deposit Insurance Fund, including additional future premium increases and special assessments.
The Dodd-Frank Act broadened the base for FDIC insurance assessments and assessments are now based on the average consolidated total assets less tangible equity capital of a financial institution. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act established 1.35 percent as the minimum Deposit Insurance Fund reserve ratio. The FDIC has determined that the fund reserve ratio should be 2.0 percent and has adopted a plan under which it will meet the statutory minimum fund reserve ratio of 1.35 percent by the statutory deadline of September 30, 2020. The Dodd-Frank Act requires the FDIC to offset the effect on institutions with assets less than $10 billion of the increase in the statutory minimum fund reserve ratio to 1.35 percent from the former statutory minimum of 1.15 percent. As a result, the deposit insurance assessments to be paid by the Company could increase.


10



Despite the FDIC’s actions to restore the Deposit Insurance Fund, the fund will suffer additional losses in the future due to failures of insured institutions. There could be additional significant deposit insurance premium increases, special assessments or prepayments in order to restore the insurance fund’s reserve ratio. Any significant premium increases or special assessments could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

The Company’s loan portfolio mix increases the exposure to credit risks tied to deteriorating conditions.
The loan portfolio contains a high percentage of commercial, commercial real estate, real estate acquisition and development loans in relation to the total loans and total assets. These types of loans have historically been viewed as having more risk of default than residential real estate loans or certain other types of loans or investments. In fact, the FDIC has issued pronouncements alerting banks of its concern about banks with a heavy concentration of commercial real estate loans. These types of loans also typically are larger than residential real estate loans and other commercial loans. Because the Company’s loan portfolio contains a significant number of commercial and commercial real estate loans with relatively large balances, the deterioration of one or more of these loans may cause a significant increase in non-performing loans. An increase in non-performing loans could result in a loss of earnings from these loans, an increase in the provision for loan losses, or an increase in loan charge-offs, which could have a material adverse impact on results of operations and financial condition.

Non-performing assets could increase, which could adversely affect the Company’s results of operations and financial condition.
The Company may experience increases in non-performing assets in the future. Non-performing assets (which include OREO) adversely affect the Company’s net income and financial condition in various ways. The Company does not record interest income on non-accrual loans or OREO, thereby adversely affecting its income. When the Company takes collateral in foreclosures and similar proceedings, it is required to mark the related asset to the then fair value of the collateral, less estimated cost to sell, which may result in a charge-off of the value of the asset and lead the Company to increase the provision for loan losses. An increase in the level of non-performing assets also increases the Company’s risk profile and may impact the capital levels its regulators believe are appropriate in light of such risks. Further decreases in the value of these assets, or the underlying collateral, or in these borrowers’ performance or financial condition, whether or not due to economic and market conditions beyond the Company’s control, could adversely affect the Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition, perhaps materially. In addition to the carrying costs to maintain OREO, the resolution of non-performing assets increases the Company’s loan administration costs generally, and requires significant commitments of time from management and the Company’s directors, which reduces the time they have to focus on profitably growing the Company’s business.

A decline in the fair value of the Company’s investment portfolio could adversely affect earnings.
The fair value of the Company’s investment securities could decline as a result of factors including changes in market interest rates, credit quality and credit ratings, lack of market liquidity and other economic conditions. An investment security is impaired if the fair value of the security is less than the carrying value. When a security is impaired, the Company determines whether the impairment is temporary or other-than-temporary. If an impairment is determined to be other-than-temporary, an impairment loss is recognized by reducing the amortized cost only for the credit loss associated with the other-than-temporary loss with a corresponding charge to earnings for a like amount. Any such impairment charge would have an adverse effect, which could be material, on the Company’s results of operations and financial condition, including its capital.

With relatively soft loan demand and increased market liquidity, the investment securities portfolio has grown significantly over the past seven years. However, the Company experienced loan growth during the current year and the investment securities portfolio decreased from 48 percent of total assets at December 31, 2012 to 41 percent of total assets at December 31, 2013. While the Company believes that the terms of such investments have been kept relatively short, the Company is subject to elevated interest rate risk exposure if rates were to increase sharply. Further, the change in the mix of the Company’s assets to more investment securities presents a different type of asset quality risk than the loan portfolio. In addition, in connection with the ongoing monitoring of its investment securities portfolio, the Company reclassified obligations of state and local government securities with a fair value of approximately $485 million, inclusive of a net unrealized gain of $4.6 million, from available-for-sale (“AFS”) classification to held-to-maturity (“HTM”) classification. The reclassification occurred on January 1, 2014 and changed the allocation of the Company’s entire investment securities portfolio from 100 percent AFS to approximately 85 percent AFS and 15 percent/ HTM. The future impact of this reclassification, if any, on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations will depend on interest rate environments and other factors which are not estimable at this time. While the Company believes a relatively conservative management approach has been applied to the investment portfolio, there is always potential loss exposure under changing economic conditions.


11



Recent and/or future U.S. federal government credit downgrades or changes in outlook by major credit rating agencies may have an adverse effect on financial markets, including financial institutions and the financial industry.
On June 10, 2013, Standard and Poor's reaffirmed its AA+ rating of U.S. government long-term debt but with an improved outlook of stable from negative. On July 18, 2013, Moody's also upgraded its outlook to stable from negative while maintaining its Aaa rating on U.S. government long-term debt. However, on October 15, 2013 Fitch placed its AAA long-term debt rating of the U.S. on rating watch negative due to the U.S. government’s inability to raise the federal debt ceiling in a timely manner. It is difficult to predict the effect of any future downgrades or changes in outlook by the three major credit rating agencies. However, these events could impact the trading market for U.S. government securities, including U.S. agency securities, and the securities markets more broadly, and consequently could impact the value and liquidity of financial assets, including assets in the Company’s investment portfolio. These actions could also create broader financial turmoil and uncertainty, which may negatively affect the global banking system and limit the availability of funding, including borrowing under securities sold under agreements to repurchase (“repurchase agreements”), at reasonable terms. In turn, this could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s liquidity, financial condition and results of operations.

Fluctuating interest rates can adversely affect profitability.
The Company’s profitability is dependent to a large extent upon net interest income, which is the difference (or “spread”) between the interest earned on loans, investment securities and other interest earning assets and interest paid on deposits, borrowings, and other interest bearing liabilities. Because of the differences in maturities and repricing characteristics of interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities, changes in interest rates do not produce equivalent changes in interest income earned on interest earning assets and interest paid on interest bearing liabilities. Accordingly, fluctuations in interest rates could adversely affect the Company’s interest rate spread, and, in turn, profitability. The Company seeks to manage its interest rate risk within well established policies and guidelines. Generally, the Company seeks an asset and liability structure that insulates net interest income from large deviations attributable to changes in market rates. However, the Company’s structures and practices to manage interest rate risk may not be effective in a highly volatile rate environment.

Interest rate swaps expose the Company to certain risks, and may not be effective in mitigating exposure to changes in interest rates.
The Company has entered into interest rate swap agreements in order to manage a portion of the interest rate volatility risk. The Company anticipates that it may enter into additional interest rate swaps. These swap agreements involve other risks, such as the risk that the counterparty may fail to honor its obligations under these arrangements, leaving the Company vulnerable to interest rate movements. The Company’s current interest rate swap agreements include bilateral collateral agreements whereby the net fair value position is collateralized by the party in a net liability position. The bilateral collateral agreements reduce the Company’s counterparty risk exposure. There can be no assurance that these arrangements will be effective in reducing the Company’s exposure to changes in interest rates.

If goodwill recorded in connection with acquisitions becomes additionally impaired, it could have an adverse impact on earnings and capital.
Accounting standards require the Company to account for acquisitions using the acquisition method of accounting. Under acquisition accounting, if the purchase price of an acquired company exceeds the fair value of its net assets, the excess is carried on the acquirer’s balance sheet as goodwill. In accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”), goodwill is not amortized but rather is evaluated for impairment on an annual basis or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that a potential impairment exists. The Company's goodwill was not considered impaired as of December 31, 2013 and 2012. The Company maintains $130 million in goodwill on its statements of financial condition as of December 31, 2013 and there can be no assurance that future evaluations of goodwill will not result in findings of additional impairment and write-downs, which could be material. While a non-cash item, additional impairment of goodwill could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, additional impairment of goodwill could subject the Company to regulatory limitations, including the ability to pay dividends on its common stock.

Growth through future acquisitions could, in some circumstances, adversely affect profitability or other performance measures.
During 2013 and in prior years, the Company has been active in acquisitions and may in the future engage in selected acquisitions of additional financial institutions. There are risks associated with any such acquisitions that could adversely affect profitability and other performance measures. These risks include, among other things, incorrectly assessing the asset quality of a financial institution being acquired, discovering compliance or regulatory issues after the acquisition, encountering greater than anticipated cost and use of management time associated with integrating acquired businesses into the Company’s operations, and being unable to profitably deploy funds acquired in an acquisition. The Company may not be able to continue to grow through acquisitions, and if it does, there is a risk of negative impacts of such acquisitions on the Company’s operating results and financial condition.

The Company anticipates that it might issue capital stock in connection with future acquisitions. Acquisitions and related issuances of stock may have a dilutive effect on earnings per share and the percentage ownership of current shareholders.


12



A tightening of the credit markets may make it difficult to obtain adequate funding for loan growth, which could adversely affect earnings.
A tightening of the credit markets and the inability to obtain or retain adequate funds for continued loan growth at an acceptable cost may negatively affect the Company’s asset growth and liquidity position and, therefore, earnings capability. In addition to core deposit growth, maturity of investment securities and loan payments, the Company also relies on alternative funding sources through correspondent banking and borrowings with the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) to fund loan growth. In the event the economy continues to see a slow recovery, particularly in the housing market, these resources could be negatively affected, both as to price and availability, which would limit and or raise the cost of the funds available to the Company.

The Company may pursue additional capital in the future, which could dilute the holders of the Company’s outstanding common stock and may adversely affect the market price of common stock.
In the current economic environment, the Company believes it is prudent to consider alternatives for raising capital when opportunities to raise capital at attractive prices present themselves, in order to further strengthen the Company’s capital and better position itself to take advantage of opportunities that may arise in the future. Such alternatives may include issuance and sale of common or preferred stock or borrowings by the parent holding company, with proceeds contributed to the Bank. Any such capital raising alternatives could dilute the holders of the Company’s outstanding common stock, and may adversely affect the market price of the Company’s common stock and performance measures such as earnings per share.

Business would be harmed if the Company lost the services of any members of the senior management team.
The Company believes its success to date has been substantially dependent on its Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and other members of the executive management team, and on the Presidents of its Bank divisions. The unexpected loss of any of these persons could have an adverse effect on the Company’s business and future growth prospects.

Competition in the Company’s market areas may limit future success.
Commercial banking is a highly competitive business and a consolidating industry. The Company competes with other commercial banks, savings and loans, credit unions, finance, insurance and other non-depository companies operating in its market areas. The Company is subject to substantial competition for loans and deposits from other financial institutions. Some of its competitors are not subject to the same degree of regulation and restriction as the Company. Some of the Company’s competitors have greater financial resources than the Company. If the Company is unable to effectively compete in its market areas, the Company’s business, results of operations and prospects could be adversely affected.

A failure in or breach of the Company’s operational or security systems, or those of the Company’s third party service providers, including as a result of cyber attacks, could disrupt business, result in the disclosure or misuse of confidential or proprietary information, damage the Company’s reputation, increase costs and cause losses.
The Company’s operations rely heavily on the secure processing, storage and transmission of confidential and other information on the its computer systems and networks. Any failure, interruption or breach in security or operational integrity of these systems could result in failures or disruptions in the Company’s online banking system, customer relationship management, general ledger, deposit and loan servicing and other systems. The security and integrity of the Company’s systems could be threatened by a variety of interruptions or information security breaches, including those caused by computer hacking, cyber attacks, electronic fraudulent activity or attempted theft of financial assets. The Company cannot assure that any such failures, interruption or security breaches will not occur, or if they do occur, that they will be adequately addressed. While the Company has certain protective policies and procedures in place, the nature and sophistication of the threats continue to evolve. The Company may be required to expend significant additional resources in the future to modify and enhance its protective measures.

Additionally, the Company faces the risk of operational disruption, failure, termination or capacity constraints of any of the third parties that facilitate its business activities, including exchanges, clearing agents, clearing houses or other financial intermediaries. Such parties could also be the source of an attack on, or breach of, the Company’s operational systems.

Any failures, interruptions or security breaches in the Company’s information systems could damage its reputation, result in a loss of customer business, result in a violation of privacy or other laws, or expose the Company to civil litigation, regulatory fines or losses not covered by insurance.


13



The Company operates in a highly regulated environment and changes or increases in, or supervisory enforcement of, banking or other laws and regulations or governmental fiscal or monetary policies could adversely affect the Company.
The Company is subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination by federal and state banking regulators. In addition, as a publicly-traded company, the Company is subject to regulation by the SEC. Any change in applicable regulations or federal, state or local legislation or in policies or interpretations or regulatory approaches to compliance and enforcement, income tax laws and accounting principles could have a substantial impact on the Company and its operations. Changes in laws and regulations may also increase expenses by imposing additional fees or taxes or restrictions on operations. Additional legislation and regulations that could significantly affect powers, authority and operations may be enacted or adopted in the future, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. Failure to appropriately comply with any such laws, regulations or principles could result in sanctions by regulatory agencies or damage to the Company’s reputation, all of which could adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operations.

In that regard, sweeping financial regulatory reform legislation was enacted in July 2010. Among other provisions, the new legislation 1) creates a new CFPB with broad powers to regulate consumer financial products such as credit cards and mortgages; 2) creates a Financial Stability Oversight Council comprised of the heads of other regulatory agencies; 3) will lead to new capital requirements from federal banking regulatory agencies; 4) places new limits on electronic debt card interchange fees; and 5) requires the SEC and national stock exchanges to adopt significant new corporate governance and executive compensation reforms. The new legislation and regulations are expected to increase the overall costs of regulatory compliance.

Basel III for U.S. financial institutions is expected to be phased in between 2013 and 2019.  Basel III sets forth more robust global regulatory standards on capital adequacy, qualifying capital instruments, leverage ratios, market liquidity risk, and stress testing, which may be stricter than standards currently in place.  The implementation of these new standards could potentially have an adverse impact on the Company’s financial position and future earnings due to, among other things, the increased minimum Tier 1 capital ratio requirements that will be implemented.

Further, regulators have significant discretion and authority to prevent or remedy unsafe or unsound practices or violations of laws or regulations by financial institutions and bank holding companies in the performance of their supervisory and enforcement duties. Recently, these powers have been utilized more frequently due to the challenging national, regional and local economic conditions. The exercise of regulatory authority may have a negative impact on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, the Company’s business is affected significantly by the fiscal and monetary policies of the federal government and its agencies, including the Federal Reserve.

The Company cannot accurately predict the full effects of recent legislation or the various other governmental, regulatory, monetary and fiscal initiatives which have been and may be enacted on the financial markets and on the Company. The terms and costs of these activities, or the failure of these actions to help stabilize the financial markets, asset prices, market liquidity and a continuation or worsening of current financial market and economic conditions could materially and adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations, and the trading price of the Company’s common stock.

The Company has various anti-takeover measures that could impede a takeover.
The Company’s articles of incorporation include certain provisions that could make more difficult the acquisition of the Company by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest, merger or otherwise. These provisions include a requirement that any “Business Combination” (as defined in the articles of incorporation) be approved by at least 80 percent of the voting power of the then outstanding shares, unless it is either approved by the Company’s Board or certain price and procedural requirements are satisfied. In addition, the authorization of preferred stock, which is intended primarily as a financing tool and not as a defensive measure against takeovers, may potentially be used by management to make more difficult uninvited attempts to acquire control of the Company. These provisions may have the effect of lengthening the time required to acquire control of the Company through a tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise, and may deter any potentially unfriendly offers or other efforts to obtain control of the Company. This could deprive the Company’s shareholders of opportunities to realize a premium for their Glacier Bancorp, Inc. common stock, even in circumstances where such action is favored by a majority of the Company’s shareholders.
 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None
 


14



Item 2. Properties

The following schedule provides information on the Company’s 118 properties as of December 31, 2013:
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Properties
Leased
 
Properties
Owned
 
Net Book
Value
Montana
6

 
49

 
$
76,419

Idaho
10

 
17

 
22,210

Wyoming
2

 
15

 
18,428

Colorado
1

 
2

 
2,825

Utah
1

 
3

 
2,431

Washington
2

 
10

 
5,869

 
22

 
96

 
$
128,182


The Company believes that all of its facilities are well maintained, generally adequate and suitable for the current operations of its business, as well as fully utilized. In the normal course of business, new locations and facility upgrades occur as needed.

For additional information regarding the Company’s premises and equipment and lease obligations, see Note 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”


Item 3. Legal Proceedings

The Company and its subsidiaries are parties to various claims, legal actions and complaints in the ordinary course of their businesses. In the Company’s opinion, all such matters are adequately covered by insurance, are without merit or are of such kind, or involve such amounts, that unfavorable disposition would not have a material adverse effect on the financial position or results of operations of the Company.


Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not Applicable



15



PART II
 
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters
and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The Company’s stock trades on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol: GBCI. As of December 31, 2013, there were approximately 1,789 shareholders of record for the Company’s common stock. The market range of high and low closing prices for the Company’s common stock for the periods indicated are shown below:
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
High
 
Low
 
High
 
Low
First quarter
$
18.98

 
15.19

 
15.50

 
12.43

Second quarter
22.43

 
17.44

 
15.46

 
13.66

Third quarter
25.05

 
22.59

 
16.17

 
14.93

Fourth quarter
30.87

 
24.23

 
15.53

 
13.43


The following table summarizes the Company’s dividends declared per quarter for the periods indicated:

 
2013
 
2012
First quarter
$
0.14

 
0.13

Second quarter
0.15

 
0.13

Third quarter
0.15

 
0.13

Fourth quarter
0.16

 
0.14

Total
$
0.60

 
0.53


Future cash dividends will depend on a variety of factors, including net income, capital, asset quality, general economic conditions and regulatory considerations.

Unregistered Securities
There have been no securities of the Company sold within the last three years which were not registered under the Securities Act.

Issuer Stock Purchases
The Company made no stock repurchases during 2013.

Equity Compensation Plan Information
The Company currently maintains the 2005 Employee Stock Incentive Plan which was approved by the shareholders and provides for the issuance of stock-based compensation to officers, other employees and directors. Although the 1994 Director Stock Option Plan expired in March 2009, there are issued options outstanding that have not been exercised as of December 31, 2013.

The following table sets forth information regarding outstanding options and shares reserved for future issuance under the following plans as of December 31, 2013:
Plan Category
 
Number of Shares to be
Issued Upon Exercise of
Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights
(a)
 
Weighted-Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights
(b)
 
Number of Shares Remaining
Available for Future
Issuance Under Equity
Compensation Plans
(Excluding Shares
Reflected in Column (a))
(c)
Equity compensation plans approved by the shareholders
 
58,810

 
$
15.47

 
4,116,931



16



Stock Performance Graphs
The following graphs compare the yearly cumulative total return of the Company’s common stock over both a five-year and ten-year measurement period with the yearly cumulative total return on the stocks included in 1) the Russell 2000 Index, and 2) the SNL Bank Index comprised of banks and bank holding companies with total assets between $5 billion and $10 billion. Each of the cumulative total returns are computed assuming the reinvestment of dividends at the frequency with which dividends were paid during the applicable years.




17



Item 6. Selected Financial Data

The following financial data of the Company is derived from the Company’s historical audited financial statements and related notes. The information set forth below should be read in conjunction with “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” contained elsewhere in this report.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Compounded Annual
Growth Rate
 
December 31,
 
1-Year
2013/2012
 
5-Year
2013/2009
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
Selected Statements of Financial Condition Information
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets
$
7,884,350

 
7,747,440

 
7,187,906

 
6,759,287

 
6,191,795

 
1.8
 %
 
7.3
 %
Investment securities, available-for-sale
3,222,829

 
3,683,005

 
3,126,743

 
2,395,847

 
1,443,817

 
(12.5
)%
 
28.2
 %
Loans receivable, net
3,932,487

 
3,266,571

 
3,328,619

 
3,612,182

 
3,920,988

 
20.4
 %
 
(0.3
)%
Allowance for loan and lease losses
(130,351
)
 
(130,854
)
 
(137,516
)
 
(137,107
)
 
(142,927
)
 
(0.4
)%
 
11.2
 %
Goodwill and intangibles
139,218

 
112,274

 
114,384

 
157,016

 
160,196

 
24.0
 %
 
(2.7
)%
Deposits
5,579,967

 
5,364,461

 
4,821,213

 
4,521,902

 
4,100,152

 
4.0
 %
 
11.3
 %
Federal Home Loan Bank advances
840,182

 
997,013

 
1,069,046

 
965,141

 
790,367

 
(15.7
)%
 
19.9
 %
Repurchase agreements and other borrowed funds
321,781

 
299,540

 
268,638

 
269,408

 
451,251

 
7.4
 %
 
(21.9
)%
Stockholders’ equity
963,250

 
900,949

 
850,227

 
838,204

 
685,890

 
6.9
 %
 
7.3
 %
Equity per share
12.95

 
12.52

 
11.82

 
11.66

 
11.13

 
3.4
 %
 
3.2
 %
Equity as a percentage of total assets
12.22
%
 
11.63
%
 
11.83
%
 
12.40
%
 
11.08
%
 
5.1
 %
 
 %

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Compounded Annual
Growth Rate
 
Years ended December 31,
 
1-Year
2013/2012
 
5-Year
2013/2009
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
Summary Statements of Operations
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest income
$
263,576

 
253,757

 
280,109

 
288,402

 
302,494

 
3.9
 %
 
(2.7
)%
Interest expense
28,758

 
35,714

 
44,494

 
53,634

 
57,167

 
(19.5
)%
 
(20.5
)%
Net interest income
234,818

 
218,043

 
235,615

 
234,768

 
245,327

 
7.7
 %
 
2.0
 %
Provision for loan losses
6,887

 
21,525

 
64,500

 
84,693

 
124,618

 
(68.0
)%
 
(24.7
)%
Non-interest income
93,047

 
91,496

 
78,199

 
87,546

 
86,474

 
1.7
 %
 
8.8
 %
Non-interest expense 1
195,317

 
193,421

 
191,965

 
187,948

 
168,818

 
1.0
 %
 
6.0
 %
Income before income taxes 1
125,661

 
94,593

 
57,349

 
49,673

 
38,365

 
32.8
 %
 
4.8
 %
Income tax expense 1
30,017

 
19,077

 
7,265

 
7,343

 
3,991

 
57.3
 %
 
(2.2
)%
Net income 1
$
95,644

 
75,516

 
50,084

 
42,330

 
34,374

 
26.7
 %
 
7.8
 %
Basic earnings per share 1
$
1.31

 
1.05

 
0.70

 
0.61

 
0.56

 
24.8
 %
 
1.8
 %
Diluted earnings per share 1
$
1.31

 
1.05

 
0.70

 
0.61

 
0.56

 
24.8
 %
 
1.9
 %
Dividends declared per share
$
0.60

 
0.53

 
0.52

 
0.52

 
0.52

 
13.2
 %
 
2.9
 %


18



 
At or for the Years ended December 31,
 
(Dollars in thousands)
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
Selected Ratios and Other Data
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on average assets 1
1.23
%
 
1.01
%
 
0.72
%
 
0.67
%
 
0.60
%
 
Return on average equity 1
10.22
%
 
8.54
%
 
5.78
%
 
5.18
%
 
4.97
%
 
Dividend payout ratio 1
45.80
%
 
50.48
%
 
74.29
%
 
85.25
%
 
92.86
%
 
Average equity to average asset ratio
11.99
%
 
11.84
%
 
12.39
%
 
12.96
%
 
12.16
%
 
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)
18.97
%
 
20.09
%
 
20.27
%
 
19.51
%
 
15.29
%
 
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)
17.70
%
 
18.82
%
 
18.99
%
 
18.24
%
 
14.02
%
 
Tier 1 capital (to average assets)
12.11
%
 
11.31
%
 
11.81
%
 
12.71
%
 
11.20
%
 
Net interest margin on average earning assets (tax-equivalent)
3.48
%
 
3.37
%
 
3.89
%
 
4.21
%
 
4.82
%
 
Efficiency ratio 2
54.51
%
 
54.02
%
 
51.34
%
 
51.35
%
 
47.47
%
 
Allowance for loan and lease losses as a percent of loans
3.21
%
 
3.85
%
 
3.97
%
 
3.66
%
 
3.52
%
 
Allowance for loan and lease losses as a percent of nonperforming loans
158
%
 
133
%
 
102
%
 
70
%
 
70
%
 
Non-performing assets as a percentage of subsidiary assets
1.39
%
 
1.87
%
 
2.92
%
 
3.91
%
 
4.13
%
 
Loans originated and acquired
$
2,478

 
2,238

 
1,650

 
1,935

 
2,431

 
Number of full time equivalent employees
1,837

 
1,677

 
1,653

 
1,674

 
1,643

 
Number of locations
118

 
108

 
106

 
105

 
106

 
__________
1 Excludes 2011 goodwill impairment charge of $32.6 million ($40.2 million pre-tax). For additional information on the goodwill impairment charge see the “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” section below.
2 Non-interest expense before OREO expenses, core deposit intangibles amortization, goodwill impairment charges, and non-recurring expense items as a percentage of tax-equivalent net interest income and non-interest income, excluding gains or losses on sale of investments, OREO income, and non-recurring income items.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures
In addition to the results presented in accordance with GAAP, this Form 10-K contains certain non-GAAP financial measures. The Company believes that providing these non-GAAP financial measures provides investors with information useful in understanding the Company’s financial performance, performance trends, and financial position. While the Company uses these non-GAAP measures in its analysis of the Company’s performance, this information should not be considered an alternative to measurements required by GAAP. 
 
Year ended December 31, 2011
  
Goodwill
Impairment Charge,
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
GAAP
 
Net of Tax
 
Non-GAAP
Non-interest expense
$
232,124

 
(40,159
)
 
191,965

Income before income taxes
$
17,190

 
40,159

 
57,349

Income tax (benefit) expense
$
(281
)
 
7,546

 
7,265

Net income
$
17,471

 
32,613

 
50,084

Basic earnings per share
$
0.24

 
0.46

 
0.70

Diluted earnings per share
$
0.24

 
0.46

 
0.70

Return on average assets
0.25
%
 
0.47
 %
 
0.72
%
Return on average equity
2.04
%
 
3.74
 %
 
5.78
%
Dividend payout ratio
216.67
%
 
(142.38
)%
 
74.29
%


19



The reconciling item between the GAAP and non-GAAP financial measures was the third quarter of 2011 goodwill impairment charge (net of tax) of $32.6 million.
The goodwill impairment charge was $40.2 million with an income tax benefit of $7.6 million which resulted in a goodwill impairment charge (net of tax) of $32.6 million. The income tax benefit applied only to the $19.4 million of goodwill associated with taxable acquisitions and was determined based on the Company’s marginal income tax rate of 38.9 percent.
The basic and diluted earnings per share reconciling items were determined based on the goodwill impairment charge (net of tax) divided by the weighted-average diluted shares of 71,915,073.
The goodwill impairment charge (net of tax) was included in determining earnings for both the GAAP return on average assets and GAAP return on average equity. The average assets used in the GAAP and non-GAAP return on average assets ratios were $6.923 billion and $6.931 billion for the year ended December 31, 2011, respectively. The average equity used in the GAAP and non-GAAP return on average equity ratios were $858 million and $866 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, respectively.
The dividend payout ratio is calculated by dividing dividends declared per share by basic earnings per share. The non-GAAP dividend payout ratio uses the non-GAAP basic earnings per share for calculating the ratio.


Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion is intended to provide a more comprehensive review of the Company’s operating results and financial condition than can be obtained from reading the Consolidated Financial Statements alone. The discussion should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and the notes thereto included in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K may contain forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements about management’s plans, objectives, expectations and intentions that are not historical facts, and other statements identified by words such as “expects,” “anticipates,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes,” “should,” “projects,” “seeks,” “estimates” or words of similar meaning. These forward-looking statements are based on current beliefs and expectations of management and are inherently subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the Company’s control. In addition, these forward-looking statements are subject to assumptions with respect to future business strategies and decisions that are subject to change. The following factors, among others, could cause actual results to differ materially from the anticipated results or other expectations in the forward-looking statements, including those set forth in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, or the documents incorporated by reference:
the risks associated with lending and potential adverse changes of the credit quality of loans in the Company’s portfolio, including as a result of a slow recovery in the housing and real estate markets in its geographic areas;
increased loan delinquency rates;
the risks presented by a slow economic recovery which could adversely affect credit quality, loan collateral values, OREO values, investment values, liquidity and capital levels, dividends and loan originations;
changes in market interest rates, which could adversely affect the Company’s net interest income and profitability;
legislative or regulatory changes that adversely affect the Company’s business, ability to complete pending or prospective future acquisitions, limit certain sources of revenue, or increase cost of operations;
costs or difficulties related to the completion and integration of acquisitions;
the goodwill the Company has recorded in connection with acquisitions could become additionally impaired, which may have an adverse impact on earnings and capital;
reduced demand for banking products and services;
the risks presented by public stock market volatility, which could adversely affect the market price of the Company’s common stock and the ability to raise additional capital in the future;
consolidation in the financial services industry in the Company’s markets resulting in the creation of larger financial institutions who may have greater resources could change the competitive landscape;
dependence on the CEO, the senior management team and the Presidents of the Bank divisions;
potential interruption or breach in security of the Company’s systems; and
the Company’s success in managing risks involved in the foregoing.

Additional factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements are discussed in “Item 1A. Risk Factors.” Please take into account that forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K (or documents incorporated by reference, if applicable). The Company does not undertake any obligation to publicly correct or update any forward-looking statement if it later becomes aware that actual results are likely to differ materially from those expressed in such forward-looking statement.


20



MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013 COMPARED TO DECEMBER 31, 2012

Highlights and Overview
During the current year, the Company completed the acquisition of Wheatland and its subsidiary, First State Bank, and completed the acquisition of NCBI and its subsidiary, North Cascades National Bank. As a result of the Wheatland acquisition, the Company has increased its presence in the State of Wyoming and further diversified the Company’s customer base with Wheatland’s strong commitment to agriculture. The NCBI acquisition expanded the Company’s presence into central Washington and further diversified the Company’s customer base with NCBI’s strong economic mix of agriculture, fruit processing and tourism.

The Company had all time record earnings of $95.6 million for 2013, which was an increase of $20.1 million, or 27 percent over the 2012 net income of $75.5 million. Diluted earnings per share for 2013 was $1.31, an increase of $0.26, or 25 percent, from the prior year diluted earnings per share of $1.05. The net income improvement for 2013 over 2012 was principally due to an increase in net interest income and the continued decrease in credit quality expenses.

The current year increase in net interest income resulted from a $9.8 million increase in interest income and a $7.0 million decrease in interest expense. The increase in interest income was primarily attributable to an increase in volume of commercial loans and an increase in yields on investment securities. The increased yields on investment securities was primarily driven by the slowdown of refinance activity that occurred during 2013 and the resulting decrease in premium amortization (net of discount accretion) on the investment securities portfolio (“premium amortization”).

The Company experienced an increase in its net interest margin as a percentage of earning assets, on a tax-equivalent basis, during each of the prior four quarters, which ultimately resulted in the current year net interest margin of 3.48 percent which was an 11 basis points increase over the prior year net interest margin of 3.37 percent. The increase was the result of a combination of factors including a decrease in borrowing and deposit interest rates, higher yielding investment securities, and a shift in earning assets to the higher yielding loan portfolio.

For the third consecutive year, the Company decreased its non-performing assets. During the current year, the Company’s non-performing assets of $109 million decreased $34.1 million or, 24 percent, from the prior year end. The decrease in non-performing assets was the result of the Company’s continued patience and focus on actively managing the disposal of non-performing assets. The improvement in credit quality was reflected in a decrease in credit quality expenses of $26.4 million during 2013 compared to 2012 from the combined decrease in the provision for loan losses and the in OREO expense. Provision for loan losses of $6.9 million during the current year decreased $14.6 million, or 68 percent, over the prior year. OREO expenses of $7.2 million during the current year decreased $11.8 million, or 62 percent, over the prior year.

The Company was pleased with its organic loan growth during the current year which was the first annual increase since 2008. Excluding acquisitions, loans receivable increased $278 million, or 8 percent, during the current year, with the primary increase in commercial loans which increased $294 million from the prior year end. The increase in the loan portfolio allowed the Company to decrease the lower yielding investment securities portfolio during the current year. Excluding the acquisitions and wholesale deposits, the Company’s non-interest bearing deposits increased $75.6 million, or 6 percent, during the year while interest bearing deposits remained stable with a small increase of $18.4 million, or less than 1 percent, during the current year. Tangible stockholders’ equity increased $35.5 million, or $0.12 per share, as a result of stock issued in connection with the acquisitions and earnings retention which were offset by the decrease in accumulated other comprehensive income. The Company increased its quarterly dividend twice during 2013 from $0.14 per share to $0.16 per share for a record dividend of $0.60 per share for 2013 compared to $0.53 per share for 2012.

Looking forward, the Company’s future performance will depend on many factors including economic conditions in the markets the Company serves, interest rate changes, increasing competition for deposits and loans, loan quality, and regulatory burden.

21




Acquisitions
On May 31, 2013, the Company completed the acquisition of Wheatland and its subsidiary, First State Bank, and on July 31, 2013, the Company completed the acquisition of NCBI and its subsidiary, North Cascades National Bank. The Company incurred $1.5 million of expense in connection with the acquisitions for the year ended December 31, 2013. The Company’s results of operations and financial condition include the acquisitions of Wheatland and NCBI from the acquisition dates. The following table provides information on the fair value of selected classifications of assets and liabilities acquired:
 
Wheatland
 
NCBI
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
May 31,
2013
 
July 31,
2013
 
Total
Total assets
$
300,541

 
330,028

 
630,569

Investment securities, available-for-sale
75,643

 
48,058

 
123,701

Loans receivable
171,199

 
215,986

 
387,185

Non-interest bearing deposits
30,758

 
76,105

 
106,863

Interest bearing deposits
224,439

 
218,875

 
443,314

FHLB advances
5,467

 

 
5,467


Financial Condition Analysis

Assets
The following table summarizes the asset balances as of the dates indicated, and the amount of change from December 31, 2012

(Dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
$ Change
 
% Change
Cash and cash equivalents
$
155,657

 
$
187,040

 
$
(31,383
)
 
(17
)%
Investment securities, available-for-sale
3,222,829

 
3,683,005

 
(460,176
)
 
(12
)%
Loans receivable
 
 
 
 
 
 

Residential real estate
577,589

 
516,467

 
61,122

 
12
 %
Commercial
2,901,283

 
2,278,905

 
622,378

 
27
 %
Consumer and other
583,966

 
602,053

 
(18,087
)
 
(3
)%
Loans receivable
4,062,838

 
3,397,425

 
665,413

 
20
 %
Allowance for loan and lease losses
(130,351
)
 
(130,854
)
 
503

 
 %
Loans receivable, net
3,932,487

 
3,266,571

 
665,916

 
20
 %
Other assets
573,377

 
610,824

 
(37,447
)
 
(6
)%
Total assets
$
7,884,350

 
$
7,747,440

 
$
136,910

 
2
 %

Investment securities decreased $460 million, or 12 percent, from December 31, 2012 as the Company implemented a strategy to reduce the overall size of the investment securities portfolio as the higher yielding loan portfolio increased. The Company continued to purchase investment securities during the year, although at a much smaller pace than the principal paydowns. The growth in the loan portfolio provided the Company the opportunity to retain higher yielding loans than what the Company could achieve with investment securities. At December 31, 2013, investment securities represented 41 percent of total assets, down from 48 percent at December 31, 2012.

A positive trend for the four consecutive quarters during the current year has been the organic loan growth. Excluding the loans receivable from the acquisitions, the loan portfolio increased $278 million, or 8 percent, during the current year with increases in both residential real estate and commercial loans. Excluding the acquisitions, the largest dollar increase during the current year was in commercial loans which increased $294 million, or 13 percent, of which $200 million of the increase was in commercial real estate loans. The decreases in consumer and other loans was primarily attributable to customers paying off home equity lines of credit as they refinanced their first mortgage.


22



Liabilities
The following table summarizes the liability balances as of the dates indicated, and the amount of change from December 31, 2012
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
$ Change
 
% Change
Non-interest bearing deposits
$
1,374,419

 
$
1,191,933

 
$
182,486

 
15
 %
Interest bearing deposits
4,205,548

 
4,172,528

 
33,020

 
1
 %
Repurchase agreements
313,394

 
289,508

 
23,886

 
8
 %
FHLB advances
840,182

 
997,013

 
(156,831
)
 
(16
)%
Other borrowed funds
8,387

 
10,032

 
(1,645
)
 
(16
)%
Subordinated debentures
125,562

 
125,418

 
144

 
 %
Other liabilities
53,608

 
60,059

 
(6,451
)
 
(11
)%
Total liabilities
$
6,921,100

 
$
6,846,491

 
$
74,609

 
1
 %

Excluding the acquisitions, non-interest bearing deposits of $1.374 billion at December 31, 2013 increased $75.6 million, or 6 percent, during the current year. Interest bearing deposits of $4.206 billion at December 31, 2013 included $205 million of wholesale deposits (i.e., brokered deposits classified as NOW, money market deposit and certificate accounts). Excluding the acquisitions, interest bearing deposits at December 31, 2013 decreased $410 million, or 10 percent, from December 31, 2012 primarily the result of a decrease of $429 million in wholesale deposits. FHLB advances of $840 million at December 31, 2013 decreased $157 million, or 16 percent, from the prior year end and will continue to fluctuate as the need for funding changes.

Stockholders’ Equity
The following table summarizes the stockholders’ equity balances as of the dates indicated and the amount of change from December 31, 2012
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
December 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
$ Change
 
% Change
Common equity
$
953,605

 
$
852,987

 
$
100,618

 
12
 %
Accumulated other comprehensive income
9,645

 
47,962

 
(38,317
)
 
(80
)%
Total stockholders’ equity
963,250

 
900,949

 
62,301

 
7
 %
Goodwill and core deposit intangible, net
(139,218
)
 
(112,274
)
 
(26,944
)
 
24
 %
Tangible stockholders’ equity
$
824,032

 
$
788,675

 
$
35,357

 
4
 %
Stockholders’ equity to total assets
12.22
%
 
11.63
%
 
 
 
5
 %
Tangible stockholders’ equity to total tangible assets
10.64
%
 
10.33
%
 
 
 
3
 %
Book value per common share
$
12.95

 
$
12.52

 
$
0.43

 
3
 %
Tangible book value per common share
$
11.08

 
$
10.96

 
$
0.12

 
1
 %
Market price per share at end of period
$
29.79

 
$
14.71

 
$
15.08

 
103
 %

Tangible stockholders’ equity of $824 million at year end increased $35.4 million, or 4 percent, from the prior year end. The higher capital levels were the result of $45.0 million of Company stock issued in connection with the acquisitions and an increase in earnings retention of $51.4 million which were offset by the decrease in accumulated other comprehensive income of $38.3 million. Tangible book value per common share of $11.08 increased $0.12 per share from the prior year end.


23



Results of Operations

Performance Summary
 
Years ended
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
December 31,
2013
 
December 31,
2012
Net income
$
95,644

 
75,516

Diluted earnings per share
$
1.31

 
1.05

Return on average assets (annualized)
1.23
%
 
1.01
%
Return on average equity (annualized)
10.22
%
 
8.54
%

Net income for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $95.6 million, an increase of $20.1 million, or 27 percent, from the $75.5 million of net income for the prior year. Diluted earnings per share for the current year was $1.31 per share, an increase of $0.26, or 25 percent, from the diluted earnings per share in the prior year.
 
Income Summary
The following table summarizes revenue for the periods indicated, including the amount and percentage change from December 31, 2012

 
Years ended
 
$ Change
 
% Change
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31,
2013
 
December 31,
2012
 
Net interest income
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest income
$
263,576

 
$
253,757

 
$
9,819

 
4
 %
Interest expense
28,758

 
35,714

 
(6,956
)
 
(19
)%
Total net interest income
234,818

 
218,043

 
16,775

 
8
 %
Non-interest income
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Service charges, loan fees, and other fees
54,460

 
49,706

 
4,754

 
10
 %
Gain on sale of loans
28,517

 
32,227

 
(3,710
)
 
(12
)%
Loss on sale of investments
(299
)
 

 
(299
)
 
n/m

Other income
10,369

 
9,563

 
806

 
8
 %
Total non-interest income
93,047

 
91,496

 
1,551

 
2
 %
 
$
327,865

 
$
309,539

 
$
18,326

 
6
 %
Net interest margin (tax-equivalent)
3.48
%
 
3.37
%
 
 
 
 
_______
n/m - not measurable

Net Interest Income
Net interest income for 2013 increased $16.8 million, or 8 percent, over last year. Interest income for the current year increased $9.8 million, or 4 percent, from the prior year and was principally due to the increased volume of commercial loans in addition to the decrease in premium amortization on investment securities, which were partially reduced by a decrease in yields within the loan portfolio. During 2013, the Company experienced four consecutive quarters of decreases in premium amortization, compared to significant increases experienced during the preceding seven quarters. Interest income was reduced by $64.1 million in premium amortization on investment securities during the current year which was a decrease of $7.9 million from the prior year. Interest expense for 2013 decreased $7.0 million, or 19 percent, from the prior year and was primarily attributable to the decreases in interest rates on interest bearing deposits and borrowings.  The funding cost (including non-interest bearing deposits) for the current year was 42 basis points compared to 55 basis points for the prior year.

24



The net interest margin, on a tax-equivalent basis, for 2013 was 3.48 percent, an 11 basis points increase from the net interest margin of 3.37 percent for 2012. The net interest margin was benefited by the decreased interest rates on deposits and borrowings. The net interest margin was further supported by the continued shift in earning assets from investment securities to the higher yielding loan portfolio and the increased yield on the investment securities portfolio. The increased yields on investment securities was driven by lower premium amortization on investment securities. The premium amortization for 2013 accounted for a 90 basis points reduction in the net interest margin, which was a decrease of 14 basis points compared to the 104 basis points reduction in the net interest margin for last year.

Non-interest Income
Non-interest income of $93.0 million for 2013 increased $1.6 million, or 2 percent, over last year. Service charge fee income increased $4.8 million, or 10 percent, from the prior year which was driven by increases in the number of deposit accounts and changes in internal deposit processing. Gains of $28.5 million on the sale of loans for the current year decreased $3.7 million, or 12 percent, from the prior year. The Company experienced a slowdown in refinance during the current year as mortgage rates moved up, although, the decrease in gain on sale of loans was more than offset by the decrease in premium amortization on investment securities, both of which were attributable to the continuing slowdown of refinance activity. Other income for the current year increased $806 thousand, or 8 percent, over the the prior year. Included in other income was operating revenue of $400 thousand from OREO and gains of $3.1 million on the sale of OREO, which combined totaled $3.5 million for the current year compared to $2.4 million for the prior year.

Non-interest Expense
The following table summarizes non-interest expense for the periods indicated, including the amount and percentage change from December 31, 2012
 
Years ended
 
$ Change
 
% Change
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31,
2013
 
December 31,
2012
 
Compensation and employee benefits
$
104,221

 
$
95,373

 
$
8,848

 
9
 %
Occupancy and equipment
24,875

 
23,837

 
1,038

 
4
 %
Advertising and promotions
6,913

 
6,413

 
500

 
8
 %
Outsourced data processing
4,493

 
3,324

 
1,169

 
35
 %
Other real estate owned
7,196

 
18,964

 
(11,768
)
 
(62
)%
Regulatory assessments and insurance
6,362

 
7,313

 
(951
)
 
(13
)%
Core deposit intangible amortization
2,401

 
2,110

 
291

 
14
 %
Other expense
38,856

 
36,087

 
2,769

 
8
 %
Total non-interest expense
$
195,317

 
$
193,421

 
$
1,896

 
1
 %

Compensation and employee benefits for 2013 increased $8.8 million, or 9 percent, from the same period last year. The increase in compensation and employee benefits from the prior year was primarily due to the acquisitions of Wheatland and NCBI and increases in benefit expense and annual merit raises. Outsourced data processing expense increased $1.2 million, or 35 percent, from the prior year primarily from the acquired banks outsourced data processing expense. OREO expense of $7.2 million in the current year decreased $11.8 million, or 62 percent, from the prior year. The OREO expense for the current year included $2.7 million of operating expenses, $3.6 million of fair value write-downs, and $880 thousand of loss on sale of OREO. Other expense for the current year increased by $2.8 million, or 8 percent, from the prior year and was attributable to the legal and professional expenses associated with the acquisitions, debit card fraud losses and deposit account losses.

Efficiency Ratio
The Company calculates the efficiency ratio as non-interest expense before OREO expenses, core deposit intangibles amortization, goodwill impairment charges, and non-recurring expense items as a percentage of tax-equivalent net interest income and non-interest income, excluding gains or losses on sale of investments, OREO income, and non-recurring income items. The efficiency ratio was 55 percent for 2013 and 54 percent for 2012. Although there was an increase net interest income during the current year over the prior year, it was not enough to offset the increase in non-interest expense, excluding OREO expense, resulting in the increased efficiency ratio.


25



Provision for Loan Losses
The following table summarizes the provision for loan losses, net charge-offs and select ratios relating to the provision for loan losses for the previous eight quarters:
(Dollars in thousands)
Provision
for Loan
Losses
 
Net
Charge-Offs
 
ALLL
as a Percent
of Loans
 
Accruing
Loans 30-89
Days Past Due
as a Percent of
Loans
 
Non-Performing
Assets to
Total Sub-sidiary Assets
Fourth quarter 2013
$
1,802

 
$
2,216

 
3.21
%
 
0.79
%
 
1.39
%
Third quarter 2013
1,907

 
2,025

 
3.27
%
 
0.66
%
 
1.56
%
Second quarter 2013
1,078

 
1,030

 
3.56
%
 
0.60
%
 
1.64
%
First quarter 2013
2,100

 
2,119

 
3.84
%
 
0.95
%
 
1.79
%
Fourth quarter 2012
2,275

 
8,081

 
3.85
%
 
0.80
%
 
1.87
%
Third quarter 2012
2,700

 
3,499

 
4.01
%
 
0.83
%
 
2.33
%
Second quarter 2012
7,925

 
7,052

 
3.99
%
 
1.41
%
 
2.69
%
First quarter 2012
8,625

 
9,555

 
3.98
%
 
1.24
%
 
2.91
%

The provision for loan losses was $6.9 million for 2013, a decrease of $14.6 million, or 68 percent, from the same period in the prior year. Net charged-off loans during the current year were $7.4 million, a decrease of $20.8 million from the prior year. Such provision and net-charge off decreases were driven by the continued increase in credit quality that has continued over the prior three years.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF THE RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2012 COMPARED TO DECEMBER 31, 2011

Income Summary
The following table summarizes revenue for the periods indicated, including the amount and percentage change from December 31, 2011

 
Years ended
 
$ Change
 
% Change
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31,
2012
 
December 31,
2011
 
Net interest income
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest income
$
253,757

 
$
280,109

 
$
(26,352
)
 
(9
)%
Interest expense
35,714

 
44,494

 
(8,780
)
 
(20
)%
Total net interest income
218,043

 
235,615

 
(17,572
)
 
(7
)%
Non-interest income
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Service charges, loan fees, and other fees
49,706

 
48,113

 
1,593

 
3
 %
Gain on sale of loans
32,227

 
21,132

 
11,095

 
53
 %
Loss on sale of investments

 
346

 
(346
)
 
(100
)%
Other income
9,563

 
8,608

 
955

 
11
 %
Total non-interest income
91,496

 
78,199

 
13,297

 
17
 %
 
$
309,539

 
$
313,814

 
$
(4,275
)
 
(1
)%
Net interest margin (tax-equivalent)
3.37
%
 
3.89
%
 
 
 
 


26



Net Interest Income
Net interest income for 2012 decreased $17.6 million, or 7 percent, over the same period the prior year. Interest income decreased $26.4 million, or 9 percent, while interest expense decreased $8.8 million, or 20 percent from 2011. The decrease in interest income from the prior year was principally due to the increase in premium amortization on investment securities and the reduction in balances and yields on loans, the combination of which put further pressure on earning asset yields. Interest income was reduced by $72.0 million in premium amortization on investment securities which was an increase of $33.9 million from the prior year. This increase in premium amortization was the result of both the increased purchases of investment securities combined with the continued refinance activity. The decrease in interest expense during 2012 was primarily attributable to the decreases in rates on interest bearing deposits and borrowings. The funding cost (including non-interest bearing deposits) for 2012 was 55 basis points compared to 74 basis points for 2011. 

The net interest margin, on a tax-equivalent basis, for 2012 was 3.37 percent, a 52 basis points reduction from the net interest margin of 3.89 percent for 2011. The reduction was attributable to a lower yield and volume of loans coupled with an increase in lower yielding investment securities and higher premium amortization on investment securities, both of which outpaced the reduction in funding cost. The premium amortization in 2012 accounted for a 104 basis points reduction in the net interest margin which was an increase of 44 basis points compared to the 60 basis points reduction in the net interest margin for the same period in the prior year. 

Non-interest Income
Non-interest income of $91.5 million for 2012 increased $13.3 million, or 17 percent, over non-interest income of $78.2 million for 2011. Service charge fee income increased $1.6 million, or 3 percent, the majority of which was from higher debit card income driven by the increased number of deposit accounts. Gain on sale of loans for 2012 increased $11.1 million, or 53 percent, from 2011 due to greater refinance and loan origination activity. Included in other income was operating revenue of $355 thousand from OREO and gains of $2.0 million on the sale of OREO, which totaled $2.4 million for 2012 compared to $2.7 million for the same period in the prior year.


Non-interest Expense
The following table summarizes non-interest expense for the periods indicated, including the amount and percentage change from December 31, 2011:
 
Years ended
 
$ Change
 
% Change
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31,
2012
 
December 31,
2011
 
Compensation and employee benefits
$
95,373

 
$
85,691

 
$
9,682

 
11
 %
Occupancy and equipment
23,837

 
23,599

 
238

 
1
 %
Advertising and promotions
6,413

 
6,469

 
(56
)
 
(1
)%
Outsourced data processing
3,324

 
3,153

 
171

 
5
 %
Other real estate owned
18,964

 
27,255

 
(8,291
)
 
(30
)%
Regulatory assessments and insurance
7,313

 
8,169

 
(856
)
 
(10
)%
Core deposit intangible amortization
2,110

 
2,473

 
(363
)
 
(15
)%
Other expense
36,087

 
35,156

 
931

 
3
 %
Total non-interest expense before goodwill impairment charge
193,421

 
191,965

 
1,456

 
1
 %
Goodwill impairment charge

 
40,159

 
(40,159
)
 
(100
)%
Total non-interest expense
$
193,421

 
$
232,124

 
$
(38,703
)
 
(17
)%

Compensation and employee benefits for 2012 increased $9.7 million, or 11 percent, and was attributable to an increase in commissions on residential real estate loan originations, a revised Company incentive program and the restoration in 2012 of certain compensation cuts made in 2011. OREO expense of $19.0 million for 2012 decreased $8.3 million, or 30 percent, from the prior year. The OREO expense for 2012 included $3.6 million of operating expenses, $13.3 million of fair value write-downs, and $2.1 million of loss on sale of OREO.

Provision for Loan Losses
The provision for loan losses was $21.5 million for 2012, a decrease of $43.0 million, or 67 percent, from the same period in the prior year. Net charged-off loans during the 2012 was $28.2 million, a decrease of $35.9 million from 2011. The largest category of net charge-offs was in land, lot and other construction loans which had net charge-offs of $9.8 million, or 35 percent of total net charged-off loans. Net charge-offs totaled $31.3 million in this loan category in 2011.


27



ADDITIONAL MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Lending Activity and Practices
The Company focuses its lending activities primarily on the following types of loans: 1) first-mortgage, conventional loans secured by residential properties, particularly single-family, 2) commercial lending that concentrates on targeted businesses, and 3) installment lending for consumer purposes (e.g., automobile, home equity, etc.). Supplemental information regarding the Company’s loan portfolio and credit quality based on regulatory classification is provided in the section captioned “Loans by Regulatory Classification” included in “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” The regulatory classification of loans is based primarily on the type of collateral for the loans. Loan information included in “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” is based on the Company’s loan segments and classes which is based on the purpose of the loan, unless otherwise noted as a regulatory classification.

The following table summarizes the Company’s loan portfolio as of the dates indicated:
 
 
December 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
 
December 31, 2010
 
December 31, 2009
(Dollars in thousands)
Amount
 
Percent
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
Amount
 
Percent
Residential real estate loans
$
577,589

 
15.00
 %
 
$
516,467

 
16.00
 %
 
$
516,807

 
16.00
 %
 
$
632,877

 
18.00
 %
 
$
743,147

 
19.00
 %
Commercial loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Real estate
2,049,247

 
52.00
 %
 
1,655,508

 
51.00
 %
 
1,672,059

 
50.00
 %
 
1,796,503

 
50.00
 %
 
1,894,690

 
48.00
 %
Other commercial
852,036

 
22.00
 %
 
623,397

 
19.00
 %
 
623,868

 
19.00
 %
 
654,588

 
18.00
 %
 
724,579

 
19.00
 %
Total
2,901,283

 
74.00
 %
 
2,278,905

 
70.00
 %
 
2,295,927

 
69.00
 %
 
2,451,091

 
68.00
 %
 
2,619,269

 
67.00
 %
Consumer and other loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Home equity
366,465

 
9.00
 %
 
403,925

 
12.00
 %
 
440,569

 
13.00
 %
 
483,137

 
13.00
 %
 
501,866

 
13.00
 %
Other consumer
217,501

 
5.00
 %
 
198,128

 
6.00
 %
 
212,832

 
6.00
 %
 
182,184

 
5.00
 %
 
199,633

 
5.00
 %
Total
583,966

 
14.00
 %
 
602,053

 
18.00
 %
 
653,401

 
19.00
 %
 
665,321

 
18.00
 %
 
701,499

 
18.00
 %
Loans receivable
4,062,838

 
103.00
 %
 
3,397,425

 
104.00
 %
 
3,466,135

 
104.00
 %
 
3,749,289

 
104.00
 %
 
4,063,915

 
104.00
 %
Allowance for loan and lease losses
(130,351
)
 
(3.00
)%
 
(130,854
)
 
(4.00
)%
 
(137,516
)
 
(4.00
)%
 
(137,107
)
 
(4.00
)%
 
(142,927
)
 
(4.00
)%
Loans receivable, net
$
3,932,487

 
100.00
 %
 
$
3,266,571

 
100.00
 %
 
$
3,328,619

 
100.00
 %
 
$
3,612,182

 
100.00
 %
 
$
3,920,988

 
100.00
 %

The stated maturities or first repricing term (if applicable) for the loan portfolio at December 31, 2013 was as follows:
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Residential
Real Estate
 
Commercial
 
Consumer
and Other
 
Totals
Variable rate maturing or repricing in
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
One year or less
$
191,372

 
903,333

 
231,051

 
1,325,756

One to five years
105,217

 
926,407

 
24,967

 
1,056,591

Thereafter
15,759

 
164,222

 
3,714

 
183,695

Fixed rate maturing in
 
 
 
 
 
 

One year or less
113,589

 
348,215

 
123,619

 
585,423

One to five years
106,898

 
418,829

 
183,973

 
709,700

Thereafter
44,754

 
140,277

 
16,642

 
201,673

Totals
$
577,589

 
2,901,283

 
583,966

 
4,062,838


Residential Real Estate Lending
The Company’s lending activities consist of the origination of both construction and permanent loans on residential real estate. The Company actively solicits residential real estate loan applications from real estate brokers, contractors, existing customers, customer referrals, and on-line applications. The Company’s lending policies generally limit the maximum loan-to-value ratio on residential mortgage loans to 80 percent of the lesser of the appraised value or purchase price. Policies allow the loan-to-value to be above 80 percent of the loan when insured by a private mortgage insurance company. The Company also provides interim construction financing for single-family dwellings. These loans are supported by a term take-out commitment.

28



Consumer Land or Lot Loans
The Company originates land and lot acquisition loans to borrowers who intend to construct their primary residence on the respective land or lot. These loans are generally for a term of three to five years and are secured by the developed land or lot with the loan to value limited to the lesser of 75 percent of the appraised value or 75 percent of the cost.

Unimproved Land and Land Development Loans
Although the Company has originated very few unimproved land and land development loans during the past five years, the Company may originate such loans on properties intended for residential and commercial use where improved real estate market conditions have occurred. These loans are typically made for a term of 18 months to two years and are secured by the developed property with a loan-to-value not to exceed the lesser of 75 percent of cost or 65 percent of the appraised discounted bulk sale value upon completion of the improvements. The projects under development are inspected on a regular basis and advances are made on a percentage of completion basis. The loans are made to borrowers with real estate development experience and appropriate financial strength. Generally, the Company requires that a certain percentage of the development be pre-sold or that construction and term take-out commitments are in place prior to funding the loan. Loans made on unimproved land are generally made for a term of five to ten years with a loan-to-value not to exceed the lesser of 50 percent of appraised value or 50 percent of cost.

Residential Builder Guidance Lines
The Company provides Builder Guidance Lines that are comprised of pre-sold and spec-home construction and lot acquisition loans. The spec-home construction and lot acquisition loans are limited to a specific number and maximum amount. Generally, the individual loans will not exceed a one year maturity. The homes under construction are inspected on a regular basis and advances made on a percentage of completion basis.

Commercial Real Estate Loans
Loans are made to purchase, construct and finance commercial real estate properties. These loans are generally made to borrowers who own and will occupy the property and generally have a loan-to-value up to the lesser of 75 percent of the appraised value or 75 percent of the cost and require a minimum 1.2 times debt service coverage margin. Loans to finance investment or income properties are made, but require additional equity and generally have a loan-to-value up to the lesser of 70 percent of appraised value or 70 percent of cost and require a higher debt service coverage margin commensurate with the specific property and projected income.

Consumer Lending
The majority of consumer loans are secured by real estate, automobiles, or other assets. The Company intends to continue making such loans because of their short-term nature, generally between three months and five years. Moreover, interest rates on consumer loans are generally higher than on residential mortgage loans. The Company also originates second mortgage and home equity loans, especially to existing customers in instances where the first and second mortgage loans are less than 80 percent of the current appraised value of the property.

Home Equity Loans
The Company’s $366 million of home equity loans as of December 31, 2013 consist of 1-4 family junior lien mortgages and first and junior lien lines of credit secured by residential real estate. The home equity loan portfolio consists of 62 percent variable interest rate and 38 percent fixed interest rate loans. Approximately 49 percent of the home equity loans are in a first lien status with the remaining 51 percent in junior lien status. Approximately 20 percent of the home equity loans are closed-end amortizing loans and 80 percent are open-end, revolving home equity lines of credit.

Home equity lines of credit are generally originated with maturity terms from 10 to 15 years. At origination, borrowers can choose a variable interest rate or fixed interest rate for the full term of the line of credit, or a fixed interest rate for the first 3 or 5 years from origination which then converts to a variable interest rate for the remaining term of the home equity lines of credit. The draw period usually exists from origination to the maturity of the home equity lines of credit. During the draw period, a borrower with a variable interest rate term has the option of converting to a fixed interest rate for all or a portion of the remaining term to maturity. During the draw period, the Company has home equity lines of credit where the borrowers pay interest only and home equity lines of credit where borrowers pay principal and interest.
 
Credit Risk Management
The Company is committed to a conservative management of the credit risk within the loan portfolio, including the early recognition of problem loans. The Company’s credit risk management includes stringent credit policies, individual loan approval limits, limits on concentrations of credit, and committee approval of larger loan requests. Management practices also include regular internal and external credit examinations, identification and review of individual loans and leases experiencing deterioration of credit quality, procedures for the collection of non-performing assets, quarterly monitoring of the loan portfolio, semi-annual review of loans by industry, and periodic stress testing of the loans secured by real estate. Federal and state regulatory safety and soundness examinations are conducted annually.


29



The Company’s loan policy and credit administration practices establish standards and limits for all extensions of credit that are secured by interests in or liens on real estate, or made for the purpose of financing the construction of real property or other improvements. Ongoing monitoring and review of the loan portfolio is based on current information, including: the borrowers’ and guarantors’ creditworthiness, value of the real estate and other collateral, the project’s performance against projections, and monthly inspections by Company employees or external parties until the real estate project is complete.

Monitoring of the junior lien and home equity lines of credit portfolios includes evaluating payment delinquency, collateral values, bankruptcy notices and foreclosure filings. Additionally, the Company places junior lien mortgages and junior lien home equity lines of credit on non-accrual status when there is evidence that the associated senior lien is 90 days past due or is in the process of foreclosure, regardless of the junior lien delinquency status.

Loan Approval Limits
Individual loan approval limits have been established for each lender based on the loan types and experience of the individual. Each bank division has an Officer Loan Committee consisting of senior lenders and members of senior management. Each of the Bank divisions’ Officer Loan Committees have loan approval authority between $250,000 and $1,000,000. Each of the Bank divisions’ Advisory Boards have loan approval authority up to $2,000,000. Loans exceeding these limits and up to $10,000,000 are subject to approval by the Company’s Executive Loan Committee consisting of the Bank divisions’ senior loan officers and the Company’s Credit Administrator. Loans greater than $10,000,000 are subject to approval by the Bank’s Board of Directors. Under banking laws, loans to one borrower and related entities are limited to a prescribed percentage of the unimpaired capital and surplus of the Bank.

Interest Reserves
Interest reserves are used to periodically advance loan funds to pay interest charges on the outstanding balance of the related loan. As with any extension of credit, the decision to establish a loan-funded interest reserve upon origination of construction loans, including residential construction and land, lot and other construction loans, is based on prudent underwriting, including the feasibility of the project, expected cash flow, creditworthiness of the borrower and guarantors, and the protection provided by the real estate and other underlying collateral. Interest reserves provide an effective means for addressing the cash flow characteristics of construction loans. In response to the downturn in the housing market and potential impact upon construction lending, the Company discourages the creation or continued use of interest reserves.

Interest reserves are advanced provided the related construction loan is performing as expected. Loans with interest reserves may be extended, renewed or restructured only when the related loan continues to perform as expected and meets the prudent underwriting standards identified above. Such renewals, extension or restructuring are not permitted in order to keep the related loan current.

In monitoring the performance and credit quality of a construction loan, the Company assesses the adequacy of any remaining interest reserve, and whether the use of an interest reserve remains appropriate in the presence of emerging weakness and associated risks in the construction loan.

The ongoing accrual and recognition of uncollected interest as income continues only when facts and circumstances continue to reasonably support the contractual payment of principal or interest. Loans are typically designated as non-accrual when the collection of the contractual principal or interest is unlikely and has remained unpaid for ninety days or more. For such loans, the accrual of interest and its capitalization into the loan balance will be discontinued.

The Company had $56.7 million and $52.2 million of loans with interest reserves with remaining reserves of $385 thousand and $945 thousand as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. During 2013, the Company extended, renewed or restructured 27 loans with interest reserves, such loans having an aggregate outstanding principal balance of $13.2 million as of December 31, 2013. During 2012, the Company extended, renewed or restructured 20 loans with interest reserves, such loans having an aggregate outstanding principal balance of $16.2 million as of December 31, 2012. Such actions were based on prudent underwriting standards and not to keep the loans current. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had 3 construction loans totaling $480 thousand with interest reserves that are currently non-performing or which are potential problem loans.


30



Loan Purchases and Sales
Fixed rate, long-term mortgage loans are generally sold in the secondary market. The Company is active in the secondary market, primarily through the origination of conventional, FHA and VA residential mortgages. The sale of loans in the secondary mortgage market reduces the Company’s risk of holding long-term, fixed rate loans during periods of rising rates. In connection with conventional loan sales, the Company typically sells the majority of mortgage loans originated with servicing released. The Company has also been very active in generating commercial SBA loans, and other commercial loans, with a portion of those loans sold to investors. The Company has not originated any type of subprime mortgages, either for the loan portfolio or for sale to investors. In addition, the Company has not purchased securities that were collateralized with subprime mortgages. The Company does not actively purchase loans from other financial institutions and substantially all of the Company’s loans receivable are with customers in the Company’s geographic market areas.

Loan Origination and Other Fees
In addition to interest earned on loans, the Company receives fees for originating loans. Loan fees generally are a percentage of the principal amount of the loan and are charged to the borrower, and are normally deducted from the proceeds of the loan. Loan origination fees are generally 1.0 percent to 1.5 percent on residential mortgages and 0.5 percent to 1.5 percent on commercial loans. Consumer loans require a fixed fee amount as well as a minimum interest amount. The Company also receives other fees and charges relating to existing loans, which include charges and fees collected in connection with loan modifications.

Appraisal and Evaluation Process
The Company’s Loan Policy and credit administration practices have adopted and implemented the applicable requirements of the Interagency Appraisal and Evaluation Guidelines (and the Interagency Guidelines for Real Estate Lending Policies in Appendix A to Part 365 of Title 12, CFR) (collectively, the “Guidelines”) and the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice (“USPAP”) as established and amended by the Appraisal Standards Board. The Company’s Loan Policy establishes criteria for obtaining appraisals or evaluations (new or updated), including transactions that are otherwise exempt from the appraisal requirements set forth within the Guidelines.

Each of the Bank divisions monitor conditions, including supply and demand factors, in the real estate markets served so they can react quickly to changing market conditions to mitigate potential losses from specific credit exposures within the loan portfolio. Evidence of the following real estate market conditions and trends is obtained from lending personnel and third party sources:
demographic indicators, including employment and population trends;
foreclosures, vacancy, construction and absorption rates;
property sales prices, rental rates, and lease terms;
current tax assessments;
economic indicators, including trends within the lending areas; and
valuation trends, including discount and capitalization rates.

Third party information sources include federal, state, and local governments and agencies thereof, private sector economic data vendors, real estate brokers, licensed agents, sales, rental and foreclosure data tracking services.

The time between ordering an appraisal or evaluation and receipt from third party vendors is typically two to three weeks for residential property and four to six weeks for non-residential property. For real estate properties that are of highly specialized or limited use, significantly complex or large, additional time beyond the typical times may be required for new appraisals or evaluations (new or updated).

As part of the Company’s credit administration and portfolio monitoring practices, the Company’s regular internal and external credit examinations review a significant number of individual loan files. Appraisals and evaluations (new or updated) are reviewed to determine whether the timeliness, methods, assumptions, and findings are reasonable and in compliance with the Company’s Loan Policy and credit administration practices, the Guidelines and USPAP standards. Such reviews include the adequacy of the steps taken by the Company to ensure that the individuals who perform appraisals and evaluations (new or updated) are appropriately qualified and are not subject to conflicts of interest. If there are any deficiencies noted in the reviews, they are reported to the Bank’s Board of Directors and prompt corrective action is taken.


31



Non-performing Assets
The following table summarizes information regarding non-performing assets at the dates indicated:
 
 
At or for the Years ended
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31,
2013
 
December 31,
2012
 
December 31,
2011
 
December 31,
2010
 
December 31,
2009
Other real estate owned
$
26,860

 
45,115

 
78,354

 
73,485

 
57,320

Accruing loans 90 days or more past due
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential real estate
429

 
451

 
59

 
506

 
1,965

Commercial
160

 
791

 
1,168

 
3,051

 
1,311

Consumer and other
15

 
237

 
186

 
974

 
2,261

Total
604

 
1,479

 
1,413

 
4,531

 
5,537

Non-accrual loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential real estate
10,702

 
14,237

 
11,881

 
23,095

 
20,093

Commercial
61,577

 
68,887

 
109,641

 
161,136

 
168,328

Consumer and other
9,677

 
13,809

 
12,167

 
8,274

 
9,860

Total
81,956

 
96,933

 
133,689

 
192,505

 
198,281

Total non-performing assets 1
$
109,420

 
143,527

 
213,456

 
270,521

 
261,138

Non-performing assets as a percentage of subsidiary assets
1.39
%
 
1.87
%
 
2.92
%
 
3.91
%
 
4.13
%
Allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of non-performing loans
158
%
 
133
%
 
102
%
 
70
%
 
70
%
Accruing loans 30-89 days past due
$
32,116

 
27,097

 
49,086

 
45,497

 
87,491

Troubled debt restructurings not included in non-performing assets
$
81,110

 
100,151

 
98,859

 
26,475

 
13,829

Interest income 2
$
4,122

 
5,161

 
7,441

 
10,987

 
11,730

 
__________
1 
As of December 31, 2013, non-performing assets have not been reduced by U.S. government guarantees of $5.4 million.
2 
Amounts represent estimated interest income that would have been recognized on loans accounted for on a non-accrual basis as of the end of each period had such loans performed pursuant to contractual terms.

Non-performing assets at December 31, 2013 were $109 million, a decrease of $34.1 million, or 24 percent, from a year ago. The largest category of non-performing assets was the land, lot and other construction category (i.e., regulatory classification) which was $51.6 million, or 47 percent, of the non-performing assets at December 31, 2013. Included in this category was $25.1 million of land development loans and $13.6 million in unimproved land loans at December 31, 2013. The Company has continued to reduce its exposure to land, lot and other construction category over each of the prior two years. The Company’s early stage delinquencies (accruing loans 30-89 days past due) of $32.1 million at December 31, 2013 increased $5.0 million, or 19 percent, from the prior year.


32



Most of the Company’s non-performing assets are secured by real estate, and based on the most current information available to management, including updated appraisals or evaluations (new or updated), the Company believes the value of the underlying real estate collateral is adequate to minimize significant charge-offs or loss to the Company. The Company evaluates the level of its non-performing assets, the values of the underlying real estate and other collateral, and related trends in net charge-offs in determining the adequacy of the ALLL. Through pro-active credit administration, the Company works closely with its borrowers to seek favorable resolution to the extent possible, thereby attempting to minimize net charge-offs or losses to the Company. Throughout the past year, the Company has maintained an adequate allowance while working to reduce non-performing assets. The improvement in the credit quality ratios over the past year is a product of this effort.

For non-performing construction loans involving residential structures, the percentage of completion exceeds 95 percent at December 31, 2013. For non-performing construction loans involving commercial structures, the percentage of completion ranges from projects not started to projects completed at December 31, 2013. During the construction loan term, all construction loan collateral properties are inspected at least monthly, or more frequently as needed, until completion. Draws on construction loans are predicated upon the results of the inspection and advanced based upon a percentage of completion basis versus original budget percentages. When construction loans become non-performing and the associated project is not complete, the Company on a case-by-case basis makes the decision to advance additional funds or to initiate collection/foreclosure proceedings. Such decision includes obtaining “as-is” and “at completion” appraisals for consideration of potential increases or decreases in the collateral’s value. The Company also considers the increased costs of monitoring progress to completion, and the related collection/holding period costs should collateral ownership be transferred to the Company. With very limited exception, the Company does not disburse additional funds on non-performing loans. Instead, the Company has proceeded to collection and foreclosure actions in order to reduce the Company’s exposure to loss on such loans.

Construction loans, a regulatory classification. accounted for 40 percent of the Company’s non-accrual loans as of December 31, 2013. Land, lot and other construction loans, a regulatory classification, were 95 percent of the non-accrual construction loans. Of the Company’s
$32.8 million of non-accrual construction loans at December 31, 2013, 94 percent of such loans had collateral properties securing the loans in Western Montana and Idaho. With locations and operations in the contiguous northern Rocky Mountain states of Idaho and Montana, the geography and economies of each of these geographic areas are predominantly tied to real estate development given the sprawling abundance of timbered valleys and mountainous terrain with significant lakes, streams and watershed areas. Consistent with the general economic downturn, the market for upscale primary, secondary and other housing as well as the associated construction and building industries remains stalled after years of significant growth. As the housing market (rental and owner-occupied) and related industries continue to recover from the downturn, the Company continues to reduce its exposure to loss in the land, lot and other construction loan portfolio.

For additional information on accounting policies relating to non-performing assets and impaired loans, see Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

Impaired Loans
Loans are designated impaired when, based upon current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement and therefore, the Company has serious doubts as to the ability of such borrowers to fulfill the contractual obligation. Impaired loans include non-performing loans (i.e., non-accrual loans and accruing loans ninety days or more past due) and accruing loans under ninety days past due where it is probable payments will not be received according to the loan agreement (e.g., troubled debt restructuring).

Impaired loans were $200 million and $202 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The ALLL includes specific valuation allowances of $11.9 million and $15.5 million of impaired loans as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Of the total impaired loans at December 31, 2013, there were 26 significant commercial real estate and other commercial loans that accounted for $80.3 million, or 40 percent, of the impaired loans. The 26 loans were collateralized by 139 percent of the loan value, the majority of which had appraisals or evaluations (new or updated) during the last year, such appraisals reviewed at least quarterly taking into account current market conditions. Of the total impaired loans at December 31, 2013, there were 168 loans aggregating $101 million, or 51 percent, whereby the borrowers had more than one impaired loan. The amount of impaired loans that have had partial charge-offs during the year for which the Company continues to have concern about the collectability of the remaining loan balance was $6.5 million. Of these loans, there were charge-offs of $2.1 million during 2013.


33



Restructured Loans
A restructured loan is considered a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”) if the creditor, for economic or legal reasons related to the debtor’s financial difficulties, grants a concession to the debtor that it would not otherwise consider. The Company had TDR loans of $124 million and $151 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The Company’s TDR loans are considered impaired loans of which $42.5 million and $50.9 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, are designated as non-accrual.

Each restructured debt is separately negotiated with the borrower and includes terms and conditions that reflect the borrower’s prospective ability to service the debt as modified. The Company discourages the use of the multiple loan strategy when restructuring loans regardless of whether or not the notes are TDR loans. The Company does not have any commercial TDR loans as of December 31, 2013 that have repayment dates extended at or near the original maturity date for which the Company has not classified as impaired. At December 31, 2013, the Company has TDR loans of $21.2 million that are in non-accrual status or that have had partial charge-offs during the year, the borrowers of which continue to have $31.4 million in other loans that are on accrual status.

Other Real Estate Owned
The loan book value prior to the acquisition and transfer of the loan into OREO during 2013 was $18.3 million of which $5.4 million was residential real estate, $9.1 million was commercial, and $3.8 million was consumer loans. The fair value of the loan collateral acquired in foreclosure during 2013 was $15.3 million of which $4.5 million was residential real estate, $8.1 million was commercial, and $2.7 million was consumer loans. The following table sets forth the changes in OREO for the periods indicated:
 
 
Years ended
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31,
2013
 
December 31,
2012
 
December 31,
2011
Balance at beginning of period
$
45,115

 
78,354

 
73,485

Acquisitions
1,203

 

 

Additions
15,266

 
27,536

 
79,295

Capital improvements
79

 

 
669

Write-downs
(3,639
)
 
(13,258
)
 
(16,246
)
Sales
(31,164
)
 
(47,517
)
 
(58,849
)
Balance at end of period
$
26,860

 
45,115

 
78,354


Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
Determining the adequacy of the ALLL involves a high degree of judgment and is inevitably imprecise as the risk of loss is difficult to quantify. The ALLL methodology is designed to reasonably estimate the probable loan and lease losses within the Company’s loan portfolio. Accordingly, the ALLL is maintained within a range of estimated losses. The determination of the ALLL, including the provision for loan losses and net charge-offs, is a critical accounting estimate that involves management’s judgments about all known relevant internal and external environmental factors that affect loan losses, including the credit risk inherent in the loan portfolio, economic conditions nationally and in the local markets in which the Company operates, changes in collateral values, delinquencies, non-performing assets and net charge-offs.

Although the Company continues to actively monitor economic trends, soft economic conditions combined with potential declines in the values of real estate that collateralize most of the Company’s loan portfolio may adversely affect the credit risk and potential for loss to the Company.

The ALLL evaluation is well documented and approved by the Company’s Board. In addition, the policy and procedures for determining the balance of the ALLL are reviewed annually by the Company’s Board, the internal audit department, independent credit reviewers and state and federal bank regulatory agencies.

At the end of each quarter, the Company analyzes its loan portfolio and maintains an ALLL at a level that is appropriate and determined in accordance with GAAP. The allowance consists of a specific valuation allowance component and a general valuation allowance component. The specific valuation allowance component relates to loans that are determined to be impaired. A specific valuation allowance is established when the fair value of a collateral-dependent loan or the present value of the loan’s expected future cash flows (discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate) is lower than the carrying value of the impaired loan. The general valuation allowance component relates to probable credit losses inherent in the balance of the loan portfolio based on prior loss experience, adjusted for changes in trends and conditions of qualitative or environmental factors.


34



The Bank divisions’ credit administration reviews their respective loan portfolios to determine which loans are impaired and estimates the specific valuation allowance. The impaired loans and related specific valuation allowance are then provided to the Company’s credit administration for further review and approval. The Company’s credit administration also determines the estimated general valuation and reviews and approves the overall ALLL for the Company. The credit administration of the Company exercises significant judgment when evaluating the effect of applicable qualitative or environmental factors on the Company’s historical loss experience for loans not identified as impaired. Quantification of the impact upon the Company’s ALLL is inherently subjective as data for any factor may not be directly applicable, consistently relevant, or reasonably available for management to determine the precise impact of a factor on the collectability of the Company’s unimpaired loan portfolio as of each evaluation date. The Company’s credit administration documents its conclusions and rationale for changes that occur in each applicable factor’s weight (i.e., measurement) and ensures that such changes are directionally consistent based on the underlying current trends and conditions for the factor. To have directional consistency, the provision for loan losses and credit quality should generally move in the same direction.

The Company’s model of thirteen Bank divisions with separate management teams provides substantial local oversight to the lending and credit management function. The Company’s business model affords multiple reviews of larger loans before credit is extended, a significant benefit in mitigating and managing the Company’s credit risk. The geographic dispersion of the market areas in which the Company operates further mitigates the risk of credit loss. While this process is intended to limit credit exposure, there can be no assurance that further problem credits will not arise and additional loan losses incurred, particularly in periods of rapid economic downturns.

The primary responsibility for credit risk assessment and identification of problem loans rests with the loan officer of the account. This continuous process of identifying impaired loans is necessary to support management’s evaluation of the ALLL adequacy. An independent loan review function verifying credit risk ratings evaluates the loan officer and management’s evaluation of the loan portfolio credit quality. The loan review function also assesses the evaluation process and provides an independent analysis of the adequacy of the ALLL.

No assurance can be given that the Company will not, in any particular period, sustain losses that are significant relative to the ALLL amount, or that subsequent evaluations of the loan portfolio applying management’s judgment about then current factors, including economic and regulatory developments, will not require significant changes in the ALLL. Under such circumstances, this could result in enhanced provisions for loan losses. See additional risk factors in “Item 1A. Risk Factors.”

The following table summarizes the allocation of the ALLL as of the dates indicated:
 
 
December 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
 
December 31, 2010
 
December 31, 2009
(Dollars in thousands)
ALLL
 
Percent of Loans  in
Category
 
ALLL
 
Percent
of Loans in
Category
 
ALLL
 
Percent
of Loans in
Category
 
ALLL
 
Percent
of Loans in
Category
 
ALLL
 
Percent
of Loans in
Category
Residential real estate
$
14,067

 
14
%
 
$
15,482

 
15
%
 
$
17,227

 
15
%
 
$
20,957

 
17
%
 
$
13,496

 
18
%
Commercial real estate
70,332

 
51
%
 
74,398

 
49
%
 
76,920

 
48
%
 
76,147

 
48
%
 
66,791

 
47
%
Other commercial
28,630

 
21
%
 
21,567

 
18
%
 
20,833

 
18
%
 
19,932

 
17
%
 
39,558

 
18
%
Home equity
9,299

 
9
%
 
10,659

 
12
%
 
13,616

 
13
%
 
13,334

 
13
%
 
13,419

 
12
%
Other consumer
8,023

 
5
%
 
8,748

 
6
%
 
8,920

 
6
%
 
6,737

 
5
%
 
9,663

 
5
%
Totals
$
130,351

 
100
%
 
$
130,854

 
100
%
 
$
137,516

 
100
%
 
$
137,107

 
100
%
 
$
142,927

 
100
%


35



The following table summarizes the ALLL experience for the periods indicated:
 
 
Years ended
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31,
2013
 
December 31,
2012
 
December 31,
2011
 
December 31, 2010
 
December 31, 2009
Balance at beginning of period
$
130,854

 
137,516

 
137,107

 
142,927

 
76,739

Provision for loan losses
6,887

 
21,525

 
64,500

 
84,693

 
124,618

Charge-offs
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential real estate
(793
)
 
(5,267
)
 
(5,671
)
 
(16,575
)
 
(18,854
)
Commercial loans
(8,407
)
 
(21,578
)
 
(52,428
)
 
(69,595
)
 
(35,077
)
Consumer and other loans
(4,443
)
 
(7,827
)
 
(11,267
)
 
(7,780
)
 
(6,965
)
Total charge-offs
(13,643
)
 
(34,672
)
 
(69,366
)
 
(93,950
)
 
(60,896
)
Recoveries
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential real estate
299

 
643

 
486

 
749

 
423

Commercial loans
4,803

 
4,088

 
3,830

 
2,203

 
1,636

Consumer and other loans
1,151

 
1,754

 
959

 
485

 
407

Total recoveries
6,253

 
6,485

 
5,275

 
3,437

 
2,466

Charge-offs, net of recoveries
(7,390
)
 
(28,187
)
 
(64,091
)
 
(90,513
)
 
(58,430
)
Balance at end of period
$
130,351

 
130,854

 
137,516

 
137,107

 
142,927

Allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of total loans
3.21
%
 
3.85
%
 
3.97
%
 
3.66
%
 
3.52
%
Net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans
0.20
%
 
0.80
%
 
1.77
%
 
2.26
%
 
1.41
%

At December 31, 2013, the allowance was $130 million, a decrease of $503 thousand, or less than 1 percent from a year ago. The allowance was 3.21 percent of total loans outstanding at December 31, 2013, a decrease of 64 basis points from 3.85 percent at December 31, 2012. Such difference was primarily attributable to no allowance carried over from the acquisitions as a result of the acquired loans recorded at fair value. Excluding the acquired banks, the allowance was 3.54 percent of total loans outstanding at December 31, 2013, a 31 basis points decrease from the 3.85 percent at December 31, 2012. The allowance was 158 percent of non-performing loans at December 31, 2013, an increase from 133 percent at December 31, 2012.

The Company’s allowance of $130 million is considered adequate to absorb losses from any class of its loan portfolio. For the periods ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company believes the allowance is commensurate with the risk in the Company’s loan portfolio and is directionally consistent with the change in the quality of the Company’s loan portfolio.

When applied to the Company’s historical loss experience, the qualitative or environmental factors result in the provision for loan losses being recorded in the period in which the loss has probably occurred. When the loss is confirmed at a later date, a charge-off is recorded. During 2013, loan charge-offs, net of recoveries, exceeded the provision for loan losses by $503 thousand. During the same period in 2012, loan charge-offs, net of recoveries, exceeded the provision for loan losses by $6.7 million.

The Company provides commercial services to individuals, small to medium size businesses, community organizations and public entities from 118 locations, including 110 branches, across Montana, Idaho, Wyoming, Colorado, Utah, and Washington. The Rocky Mountain states in which the Company operates has diverse economies and markets that are tied to commodities (crops, livestock, minerals, oil and natural gas), tourism, real estate and land development and an assortment of industries, both manufacturing and service-related. Thus, the changes in the global, national, and local economies are not uniform across the Company’s geographic locations.


36



Although there continues to be heightened uncertainty in the economic environment, there was notable improvements during the last year compared to the past several years. There was steady growth in the housing permits, housing starts, and completions for new privately owned units during the last year in Montana, Idaho, Colorado and Utah in relation to the US national statistics. There was improvement in single family residential real estate construction and sales for all of the Company’s market areas. Single family residential collateral values in Idaho, Wyoming and Montana stabilized (with some improvement in isolated markets in which the Company operates) compared to the prior year and prior 5 year historical trends. In the states in which the Company operates, foreclosures have been on a steady decline the past several years and the state unemployment rates were lower than the national unemployment rate at December 2013. The national unemployment rate increased steadily from 5.0 percent in the first part of 2008 to a range of 7.8 percent to 10.0 percent during 2009 through 2012 and has declined to 6.7 percent in December of 2013. Agricultural price declines in livestock and grain in 2009 have recovered significantly and remain strong. While prices for oil have held strong, prices for natural gas continue to remain weak (due to excess supply) especially when compared to the exceptionally high price levels of natural gas during 2008. The tourism industry and related lodging continues to be a source of strength for the locations where the Company’s market areas have national parks and similar recreational areas in the market areas served.

In evaluating the need for a specific or general valuation allowance for impaired and unimpaired loans, respectively, within the Company’s construction loan portfolio (i.e., regulatory classification), including residential construction and land, lot and other construction loans, the credit risk related to such loans was considered in the ongoing monitoring of such loans, including assessments based on current information, including appraisals or evaluations (new or updated) of the underlying collateral, expected cash flows and the timing thereof, as well as the estimated cost to sell when such costs are expected to reduce the cash flows available to repay or otherwise satisfy the construction loan. Construction loans were 11 percent and 12 percent of the Company’s total loan portfolio and accounted for 40 percent and 40 percent of the Company’s non-accrual loans at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Collateral securing construction loans includes residential buildings (e.g., single/multi-family and condominiums), commercial buildings, and associated land (multi-acre parcels and individual lots, with and without shorelines).

The Company’s allowance consisted of the following components as of the dates indicated:
 
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31,
2013
 
December 31,
2012
Specific valuation allowance
$
11,949

 
15,534

General valuation allowance
118,402

 
115,320

Total ALLL
$
130,351

 
130,854


During 2013, the ALLL decreased by $503 thousand, the net result of a $3.6 million decrease in the specific valuation allowance and a $3.1 million increase in the general valuation allowance. The loans individually reviewed for impairment remained stable with a decrease of $2.1 million from the prior year end. The remaining decrease of the specific valuation allowance was the result of increased fair values of collateral-dependent loans or the present value of the loans expected future cash flows of the individual impaired loans. The increase in the general valuation allowance was due to an increase of $667 million in loans collectively evaluated for impairment, although, the acquired loan portfolios of $387 million were recorded at fair value with no allowance carried over. Although there was organic loan growth of $278 million, or 8 percent, during the current year, the following trends further support a stable ALLL balance:
Non-accrual construction loans (i.e., residential construction and land, lot and other construction, each a regulatory classification) were $32.8 million, or 40 percent, of the $82.0 million of non-accrual loans at December 31, 2013, a decrease of $6.4 million from the prior year end. Non-accrual construction loans were $39.2 million, or 40 percent, of the $96.9 million of non-accrual loans at year end 2012.
Non-performing loans as a percent of total loans decreased to 2.03 percent at December 31, 2013 as compared to 2.90 percent at December 31, 2012.
Impaired loans as a percent of total loans decreased to 4.91 percent at December 31, 2013 as compared to 5.94 percent at December 31, 2012.
Charge-offs, net of recoveries, in 2013 were $7.4 million, a $20.8 million decrease from 2012.

For additional information regarding the ALLL, its relation to the provision for loan losses and risk related to asset quality, see Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”


37




Loans by Regulatory Classification
Supplemental information regarding identification of the Company’s loan portfolio and credit quality based on regulatory classification is provided in the following tables. The regulatory classification of loans is based primarily on the type of collateral for the loans. There may be differences when compared to loan tables and loan amounts appearing elsewhere which reflect the Company’s internal loan segments and classes which are based on the purpose of the loan.

The following table summarizes the Company’s loan portfolio by regulatory classification:
 
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31,
2013
 
December 31,
2012
 
$ Change
 
% Change
Custom and owner occupied construction
$
50,352

 
$
40,327

 
$
10,025

 
25
 %
Pre-sold and spec construction
34,217

 
34,970

 
(753
)
 
(2
)%
Total residential construction
84,569

 
75,297

 
9,272

 
12
 %
Land development
73,132

 
80,132

 
(7,000
)
 
(9
)%
Consumer land or lots
109,175

 
104,229

 
4,946

 
5
 %
Unimproved land
50,422

 
53,459

 
(3,037
)
 
(6
)%
Developed lots for operative builders
15,951

 
16,675

 
(724
)
 
(4
)%
Commercial lots
12,585

 
19,654

 
(7,069
)
 
(36
)%
Other construction
103,807

 
56,109

 
47,698

 
85
 %
Total land, lot, and other construction
365,072

 
330,258

 
34,814

 
11
 %
Owner occupied
811,479

 
710,161

 
101,318

 
14
 %
Non-owner occupied
588,114

 
452,966

 
135,148

 
30
 %
Total commercial real estate
1,399,593

 
1,163,127

 
236,466

 
20
 %
Commercial and industrial
523,354

 
420,459

 
102,895

 
24
 %
Agriculture
279,959

 
145,890

 
134,069

 
92
 %
1st lien
733,406

 
738,854

 
(5,448
)
 
(1
)%
Junior lien
73,348

 
82,083

 
(8,735
)
 
(11
)%
Total 1-4 family
806,754

 
820,937

 
(14,183
)
 
(2
)%
Multifamily residential
123,154

 
93,328

 
29,826

 
32
 %
Home equity lines of credit
298,119

 
319,779

 
(21,660
)
 
(7
)%
Other consumer
130,758

 
109,019

 
21,739

 
20
 %
Total consumer
428,877

 
428,798

 
79

 
 %
Other
98,244

 
64,832

 
33,412

 
52
 %
Total loans receivable, including loans held for sale
4,109,576

 
3,542,926

 
566,650

 
16
 %
Less loans held for sale 1
(46,738
)
 
(145,501
)
 
98,763

 
(68
)%
Total loans receivable
$
4,062,838

 
$
3,397,425

 
$
665,413

 
20
 %
__________
1 Loans held for sale are primarily 1st lien 1-4 family loans.


38



The following tables summarize selected information identified by regulatory classification on the Company’s non-performing assets.
 
 
Non-performing Assets, by Loan Type
 
Non-
Accruing
Loans
 
Accruing
Loans 90  Days
or More Past Due
 
Other
Real Estate
Owned
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31,
2013
 
December 31,
2012
 
December 31,
2013
 
December 31,
2013
 
December 31,
2013
Custom and owner occupied construction
$
1,248

 
1,343

 
1,248

 

 

Pre-sold and spec construction
828

 
1,603

 
403

 

 
425

Total residential construction
2,076

 
2,946

 
1,651

 

 
425

Land development
25,062

 
31,471

 
15,213

 

 
9,849

Consumer land or lots
2,588

 
6,459

 
1,759

 

 
829

Unimproved land
13,630

 
19,121

 
12,194

 

 
1,436

Developed lots for operative builders
2,215

 
2,393

 
1,504

 

 
711

Commercial lots
2,899

 
1,959

 
300

 

 
2,599

Other construction
5,167

 
5,105

 
178

 

 
4,989

Total land, lot and other construction
51,561

 
66,508

 
31,148

 

 
20,413

Owner occupied
14,270

 
15,662

 
12,426

 

 
1,844

Non-owner occupied
4,301

 
4,621

 
2,908

 

 
1,393

Total commercial real estate
18,571

 
20,283

 
15,334

 

 
3,237

Commercial and industrial
6,400

 
5,970

 
6,238

 
160

 
2

Agriculture
3,529

 
6,686

 
3,064

 

 
465

1st lien
17,630

 
25,739

 
14,983

 
434

 
2,213

Junior lien
4,767

 
6,660

 
4,767

 

 

Total 1-4 family
22,397

 
32,399

 
19,750

 
434

 
2,213

Multifamily residential

 
253

 

 

 

Home equity lines of credit
4,544

 
8,041

 
4,469

 

 
75

Other consumer
342

 
441

 
302

 
10

 
30

Total consumer
4,886

 
8,482

 
4,771

 
10

 
105

Total
$
109,420

 
143,527

 
81,956

 
604

 
26,860



39



 
Accruing 30-89 Days Delinquent Loans, by Loan Type
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31,
2013
 
December 31,
2012
 
$ Change
 
% Change
Custom and owner occupied construction
$
202

 
$
5

 
$
197

 
3,940
 %
Pre-sold and spec construction

 
893

 
(893
)
 
(100
)%
Total residential construction
202

 
898

 
(696
)
 
(78
)%
Land development

 
191

 
(191
)
 
(100
)%
Consumer land or lots
1,716

 
762

 
954

 
125
 %
Unimproved land
615

 
422

 
193

 
46
 %
Developed lots for operative builders
8

 
422

 
(414
)
 
(98
)%
Commercial lots

 
11

 
(11
)
 
(100
)%
Total land, lot and other construction
2,339

 
1,808

 
531

 
29
 %
Owner occupied
5,321

 
5,523

 
(202
)
 
(4
)%
Non-owner occupied
2,338

 
2,802

 
(464
)
 
(17
)%
Total commercial real estate
7,659

 
8,325

 
(666
)
 
(8
)%
Commercial and industrial
3,542

 
1,905

 
1,637

 
86
 %
Agriculture
1,366

 
912

 
454

 
50
 %
1st lien
12,386

 
7,352

 
5,034

 
68
 %
Junior lien
482

 
732

 
(250
)
 
(34
)%
Total 1-4 family
12,868

 
8,084

 
4,784

 
59
 %
Multifamily residential
1,075

 

 
1,075

 
n/m

Home equity lines of credit
1,999

 
4,164

 
(2,165
)
 
(52
)%
Other consumer
1,066

 
1,001

 
65

 
6
 %
Total consumer
3,065

 
5,165

 
(2,100
)
 
(41
)%
Total
$
32,116

 
$
27,097

 
$
5,019

 
19
 %
__________
n/m - not measurable


40



The following table summarizes net charge-offs at the dates indicated, including identification by regulatory classification:
 
 
Net Charge-Offs (Recoveries), Years ended, By Loan Type
 
Charge-Offs
 
Recoveries
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31,
2013
 
December 31,
2012
 
December 31,
2013
 
December 31,
2013
Custom and owner occupied construction
$
(51
)
 
24

 

 
51

Pre-sold and spec construction
(10
)
 
2,489

 
187

 
197

Total residential construction
(61
)
 
2,513

 
187

 
248

Land development
(383
)
 
3,035

 
664

 
1,047

Consumer land or lots
843

 
4,003

 
1,232

 
389

Unimproved land
715

 
636

 
770

 
55

Developed lots for operative builders
(81
)
 
1,802

 
74

 
155

Commercial lots
248

 
362

 
254

 
6

Other construction
(473
)
 

 

 
473

Total land, lot and other construction
869

 
9,838

 
2,994

 
2,125

Owner occupied
350

 
1,312

 
1,513

 
1,163

Non-owner occupied
397

 
597

 
516

 
119

Total commercial real estate
747

 
1,909

 
2,029

 
1,282

Commercial and industrial
3,096

 
2,651

 
4,386

 
1,290

Agriculture
53

 
125

 
53

 

1st lien
681

 
5,257

 
980

 
299

Junior lien
106

 
3,464

 
352

 
246

Total 1-4 family
787

 
8,721

 
1,332

 
545

Multifamily residential
(39
)
 
43

 

 
39

Home equity lines of credit
1,606

 
2,124

 
1,918

 
312

Other consumer
324

 
262

 
731

 
407

Total consumer
1,930

 
2,386

 
2,649

 
719

Other
8

 
1

 
13

 
5

Total
$
7,390

 
28,187

 
13,643

 
6,253



41



Investment Activity
For all years presented, all of the Company’s investment securities were classified as available-for-sale and were carried at estimated fair value with unrealized gains or losses, net of tax, reflected as an adjustment to other comprehensive income. Investment securities designated as available-for-sale are summarized below:
 
December 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
 
December 31, 2010
 
December 31, 2009
(Dollars in thousands)
Amount
 
Percent
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
Amount
 
Percent
U.S. government and federal agency
$

 
%
 
$
202

 
%
 
$
208

 
%
 
$
211

 
%
 
$
211

 
%
U.S. government sponsored enterprises
10,628

 
%
 
17,480

 
%
 
31,155

 
1
%
 
41,518

 
2
%
 
41,518

 
2
%
State and local governments
1,385,078

 
43
%
 
1,214,518

 
33
%
 
1,064,655

 
34
%
 
657,421

 
27
%
 
657,421

 
27
%
Corporate bonds
442,501

 
14
%
 
288,795

 
8
%
 
62,237

 
2
%
 

 
%
 

 
%
Collateralized debt obligations

 
%
 
1,708

 
%
 
5,366

 
%
 
6,595

 
%
 
6,595

 
%
Residential mortgage-backed securities
1,384,622

 
43
%
 
2,160,302

 
59
%
 
1,963,122

 
63
%
 
1,690,102

 
71
%
 
1,690,102

 
71
%
Total investment securities, available-for-sale
$
3,222,829

 
100
%
 
$
3,683,005

 
100
%
 
$
3,126,743

 
100
%
 
$
2,395,847

 
100
%
 
$
2,395,847

 
100
%

The Company’s investment portfolio is primarily comprised of residential mortgage-backed securities and state and local government securities which are largely exempt from federal income tax. During 2013, as the Company received payments on its residential mortgage-backed securities, holdings of state and local government securities and corporate bonds were increased such that the volatility of prepayments and the associated premium amortization on its residential mortgage-backed securities was reduced. The residential mortgage-backed securities are typically short, weighted-average life U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations that provide the Company with ongoing liquidity as scheduled and pre-paid principal is received on the securities. The maximum federal statutory rate of 35 percent is used in calculating the Company’s tax-equivalent yields on tax-exempt state and local government securities.

Interest income from investment securities consisted of the following:
 
Years ended
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31,
2013
 
December 31,
2012
 
December 31,
2011
Taxable interest
$
31,591

 
28,687

 
44,842

Tax-exempt interest
42,921

 
37,699

 
31,420

Total interest income
$
74,512

 
66,386

 
76,262


On January 1, 2014, the Company reclassified obligations of state and local government securities with a fair value of approximately $485 million, inclusive of a net unrealized gain of $4.6 million, from available-for-sale classification to held-to-maturity classification. For additional investment activity information, see Notes 3 and 23 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”


42



Other-Than-Temporary Impairment on Securities Analysis
Of the non-marketable equity securities owned at December 31, 2013, 98 percent consisted of capital stock issued by FHLB of Seattle. Non-marketable equity securities are evaluated for impairment whenever events or circumstances suggest the carrying value may not be recoverable.

The Company’s investment in FHLB stock has limited marketability and is carried at cost, which approximates fair value. With respect to FHLB stock, the Company evaluates such stock for other-than-temporary impairment. Such evaluation takes into consideration 1) FHLB deficiency, if any, in meeting applicable regulatory capital targets, including risk-based capital requirements, 2) the significance of any decline in net assets of FHLB as compared to the capital stock amount for FHLB and the time period for any such decline, 3) commitments by FHLB to make payments required by law or regulation and the level of such payments in relation to the operating performance of FHLB, 4) the impact of legislative and regulatory changes on FHLB, and 5) the liquidity position of FHLB. In September 2012, the Federal Housing Finance Agency (“FHFA”) upgraded FHLB’s regulatory capital classification to “adequately capitalized” and granted FHLB authority to repurchase up to $25 million of excess stock per quarter at par, provided FHLB receives a non-objection from the FHFA for each quarter’s repurchase. In July 2013, FHLB of Seattle declared a $0.025 per share cash dividend which was the first cash dividend paid since 2008.

Based on the Company’s evaluation of its investments in non-marketable equity securities as of December 31, 2013, the Company determined that none of such securities had other-than-temporary impairment.

In evaluating debt securities for other-than-temporary impairment losses, management assesses whether the Company intends to sell the security or if it is more-likely-than-not that the Company will be required to sell the debt security. In so doing, management considers contractual constraints, liquidity, capital, asset / liability management and securities portfolio objectives.

For debt securities with limited or inactive markets, the impact of macroeconomic conditions in the U.S. upon fair value estimates includes higher risk-adjusted discount rates and changes in credit ratings provided by Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organizations ("NRSRO" entities such as Moody's, Standard and Poor's, and Fitch). In connection with changing macroeconomic conditions affecting the U.S. economy, on June 10, 2013, Standard and Poor's reaffirmed its AA+ rating of U.S. government long-term debt but with an improved outlook of stable from negative. On July 18, 2013, Moody's also upgraded its outlook to stable from negative while maintaining its Aaa rating on U.S. government long-term debt. However, on October 15, 2013 Fitch placed its AAA long-term debt rating of the U.S. on rating watch negative due to the U.S. government’s potential inability to raise the federal debt ceiling in a timely manner. Standard and Poor's, Moody's and Fitch have similar credit ratings and outlooks with respect to certain long-term debt instruments issued by Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”), Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”) and other U.S. government agencies linked to the long-term U.S. debt.


43



The following table separates investments with an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2013 into two categories: investments purchased prior to 2013 and those purchased during 2013. Of those investments purchased prior to 2013, the fair market value and unrealized gain or loss at December 31, 2012 is also presented.

 
December 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
(Dollars in thousands)
Fair Value
 
Unrealized
Loss
 
Unrealized
Loss as a
Percent of
Fair Value
 
Fair Value
 
Unrealized
Gain
 
Unrealized
Gain as a
Percent of
Fair Value
Temporarily impaired securities purchased prior to 2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government sponsored enterprises
$
3

 
$

 
 %
 
$
4

 
$

 
%
State and local governments
256,026

 
(11,521
)
 
(4
)%
 
274,498

 
5,481

 
2
%
Corporate bonds
21,101

 
(290
)
 
(1
)%
 
22,137

 
115

 
1
%
Residential mortgage-backed securities
43,411

 
(677
)
 
(2
)%
 
127,269

 
513

 
%
Total
$
320,541

 
$
(12,488
)
 
(4
)%
 
$
423,908

 
$
6,109

 
1
%
Temporarily impaired securities purchased during 2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
State and local governments
$
226,947

 
$
(12,369
)
 
(5
)%
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate bonds
110,116

 
(1,468
)
 
(1
)%
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage-backed securities
416,193

 
(9,588
)
 
(2
)%
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
$
753,256

 
$
(23,425
)
 
(3
)%
 
 
 
 
 
 
Temporarily impaired securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government sponsored enterprises
$
3

 
$

 
 %
 
 
 
 
 
 
State and local governments
482,973

 
(23,890
)
 
(5
)%
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate bonds
131,217

 
(1,758
)
 
(1
)%
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage-backed securities
459,604

 
(10,265
)
 
(2
)%
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
$
1,073,797

 
$
(35,913
)
 
(3
)%
 
 
 
 
 
 

With respect to severity, the following table provides the number of securities and amount of unrealized loss in the various ranges of unrealized loss as a percent of book value at December 31, 2013:

(Dollars in thousands)
Number of
Debt
Securities
 
Unrealized
Loss
10.1% to 15.0%
11

 
$
(3,458
)
5.1% to 10.0%
128

 
(18,049
)
0.1% to 5.0%
379

 
(14,406
)
Total
518

 
$
(35,913
)

With respect to the duration of the impaired debt securities, the Company identified 70 securities which have been continuously impaired for the twelve months ending December 31, 2013. The valuation history of such securities in the prior year(s) was also reviewed to determine the number of months in prior year(s) in which the identified securities was in an unrealized loss position.


44



The following table provides details of the 70 securities which have been continuously impaired for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, including the most notable loss for any one bond in each category.

(Dollars in thousands)
Number of
Debt
Securities
 
Unrealized
Loss for
12 Months
Or More
 
Most
Notable
Loss
State and local governments
68

 
$
(6,052
)
 
$
(1,289
)
Corporate bonds
1

 
(86
)
 
(86
)
Residential mortgage-backed securities
1

 
(39
)
 
(39
)
Total
70

 
$
(6,177
)
 
 

Based on the Company's analysis of its impaired debt securities as of December 31, 2013, the Company determined that none of such securities had other-than-temporary impairment and the unrealized losses were primarily the result of interest rate changes and market spreads subsequent to acquisition. A substantial portion of the investment securities with unrealized losses at December 31, 2013 were issued by Freddie Mac, Fannie Mae, Government National Mortgage Association and other agencies of the U.S. government or have credit ratings issued by one or more of the NRSRO entities in the four highest credit rating categories. All of the Company's impaired debt securities at December 31, 2013 have been determined by the Company to be investment grade.

Sources of Funds
The Company’s deposits have traditionally been the principal source of funds for use in lending and other business purposes. The Company has a number of different deposit programs designed to attract both short-term and long-term deposits from the general public by providing a wide selection of accounts and rates. These programs include non-interest bearing demand accounts, interest bearing checking, regular statement savings, money market deposit accounts, and fixed rate certificates of deposit with maturities ranging from three months to five years, negotiated-rate jumbo certificates, and individual retirement accounts. In addition, the Company obtains wholesale deposits through various programs and are classified as NOW accounts, money market deposit accounts and certificate accounts.

The Company also obtains funds from repayment of loans and investment securities, repurchase agreements, advances from FHLB and other borrowings. Loan repayments are a relatively stable source of funds, while interest bearing deposit inflows and outflows are significantly influenced by general interest rate levels and market conditions. Borrowings and advances may be used on a short-term basis to compensate for reductions in normal sources of funds such as deposit inflows at less than projected levels. Borrowings also may be used on a long-term basis to support expanded activities and to match maturities of longer-term assets.

Deposits
Deposits are obtained primarily from individual and business residents of the Bank’s market areas. The Bank issues negotiated-rate certificate of deposits accounts and has paid a limited amount of fees to brokers to obtain deposits. The following table illustrates the amounts outstanding at December 31, 2013 for deposits of $100,000 and greater, according to the time remaining to maturity. Included in certificates of deposit are brokered certificates of deposit of $50.9 million. Included in Demand Deposits are brokered deposits of $153 million.
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Certificates of Deposit
 
Demand Deposits
 
Total
Within three months
$
207,241

 
2,685,577

 
2,892,818

Three months to six months
149,605

 

 
149,605

Seven months to twelve months
145,110

 

 
145,110

Over twelve months
159,968

 

 
159,968

Total
$
661,924

 
2,685,577

 
3,347,501


For additional deposit information, see Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”


45



Repurchase Agreements, FHLB Advances and Other Borrowings
The Company borrows money through repurchase agreements. This process involves the “selling” of one or more of the securities in the Company’s investment portfolio and simultaneously enters into an agreement to “repurchase” that same security at an agreed upon later date, typically overnight. A rate of interest is paid for the agreed period of time. Through a policy adopted by the Bank’s Board of Directors, the Bank enters into repurchase agreements with local municipalities, and certain customers, and have adopted procedures designed to ensure proper transfer of title and safekeeping of the underlying securities. In addition to retail repurchase agreements, the Company enters into wholesale repurchase agreements as additional funding sources. The Company has not entered into reverse repurchase agreements.

The Bank is a member of FHLB of Seattle which is one of twelve banks that comprise the FHLB System. As a member of FHLB, the Bank may borrow from FHLB on the security of FHLB stock, which the Bank is required to own as a member. The borrowings are collateralized by eligible categories of loans and investment securities (principally, securities which are obligations of, or guaranteed by, the U.S. government and its agencies), provided certain standards related to credit-worthiness have been met. Advances are made pursuant to several different credit programs, each of which has its own interest rate and range of maturities. Depending on the program, limitations on the amount of advances are based either on a fixed percentage of an institution’s total assets or on FHLB’s assessment of the institution’s credit-worthiness. FHLB advances fluctuate to meet seasonal and other withdrawals of deposits and to expand lending or investment opportunities. Additionally, the Company has other sources of secured and unsecured borrowing lines from various sources that may be used from time to time.

For additional information concerning the Company’s borrowings and repurchase agreements, see Notes 8 and 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

Short-term borrowings
A critical component of the Company’s liquidity and capital resources is access to short-term borrowings to fund its operations. Short-term borrowings are accompanied by increased risks managed by the Asset Liability Committee (“ALCO”) such as rate increases or unfavorable change in terms which would make it more costly to obtain future short-term borrowings. The Company’s short-term borrowing sources include FHLB advances, federal funds purchased and retail and wholesale repurchase agreements. The Company also has access to the short-term discount window borrowing programs (i.e., primary credit) of the Federal Reserve Bank (“FRB”). FHLB advances and certain other short-term borrowings may be extended as long-term borrowings to decrease certain risks such as liquidity or interest rate risk; however, the reduction in risks are weighed against the increased cost of funds and other risks.

The following table provides information relating to short-term borrowings which consists of borrowings that mature within one year of period end: 
 
At or for the Years ended
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31,
2013
 
December 31,
2012
 
December 31,
2011
Repurchase agreements
 
 
 
 
 
Amount outstanding at end of period
$
313,394

 
289,508

 
258,643

Weighted interest rate on outstanding amount
0.28
%
 
0.32
%
 
0.42
%
Maximum outstanding at any month-end
$
326,184

 
466,784

 
338,352

Average balance
$
295,004

 
354,324

 
267,058

Weighted-average interest rate
0.29
%
 
0.37
%
 
0.51
%
FHLB advances
 
 
 
 
 
Amount outstanding at end of period
$
559,084

 
720,000

 
792,000

Weighted interest rate on outstanding amount
0.24
%
 
0.28
%
 
0.68
%
Maximum outstanding at any month-end
$
939,109

 
792,018

 
877,017

Average balance
$
693,225

 
719,762

 
721,226

Weighted-average interest rate
0.25
%
 
0.50
%
 
0.76
%


46



Subordinated Debentures
In addition to funds obtained in the ordinary course of business, the Company formed or acquired financing subsidiaries for the purpose of issuing trust preferred securities that entitle the shareholder to receive cumulative cash distributions from payments thereon. The subordinated debentures outstanding as of December 31, 2013 were $126 million, including fair value adjustments from prior acquisitions. For additional information regarding the subordinated debentures, see Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

Contractual Obligations and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
The Company has outstanding debt obligations, the largest aggregate amount of which were FHLB advances. In the normal course of business, there may be various outstanding commitments to obtain funding and to extend credit, such as letters of credit and un-advanced loan commitments, which are not reflected in the accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements. The Company does not anticipate any material losses as a result of these transactions. For the schedules of outstanding commitments, see Note 21 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

The following table represents the Company’s contractual obligations as of December 31, 2013:
 
 
 
 
Payments Due by Period
(Dollars in thousands)
Total
 
Indeter-minate
Maturity
1
 
2014
 
2015
 
2016
 
2017
 
2018
 
Thereafter
Deposits
$
5,579,967

 
4,411,365

 
864,633

 
164,104

 
79,425

 
33,976

 
19,244

 
7,220

Repurchase agreements
313,394

 

 
313,394

 

 

 

 

 

FHLB advances
840,182

 

 
559,084

 
77,979

 
45,042

 

 
20,250

 
137,827

Other borrowed funds
6,697

 

 
420

 

 
4

 
147

 
197

 
5,929

Subordinated debentures
125,562

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
125,562

Capital lease obligations
2,169

 

 
828

 
195

 
197

 
200

 
203

 
546

Operating lease obligations
12,148

 

 
2,297

 
2,120

 
1,879

 
1,577

 
1,375

 
2,900

 
$
6,880,119

 
4,411,365

 
1,740,656

 
244,398

 
126,547

 
35,900

 
41,269

 
279,984

__________
1 Represents non-interest bearing deposits and NOW, savings, and money market accounts.

Liquidity Risk
Liquidity risk is the possibility that the Company will not be able to fund present and future obligations as they come due because of an inability to liquidate assets or obtain adequate funding at a reasonable cost. The objective of liquidity management is to maintain cash flows adequate to meet current and future needs for credit demand, deposit withdrawals, maturing liabilities and corporate operating expenses. Effective liquidity management entails three elements:
1.
Assessing on an ongoing basis, the current and expected future needs for funds, and ensuring that sufficient funds or access to funds exist to meet those needs at the appropriate time.
2.
Providing for an adequate cushion of liquidity to meet unanticipated cash flow needs that may arise from potential adverse circumstances ranging from high probability/low severity events to low probability/high severity.
3.
Balancing the benefits between providing for adequate liquidity to mitigate potential adverse events and the cost of that liquidity.


47



The Company has a wide range of versatility in managing the liquidity and asset/liability mix. The Company’s ALCO meets regularly to assess liquidity risk, among other matters. The Company monitors liquidity and contingency funding alternatives through management reports of liquid assets (e.g., investment securities), both unencumbered and pledged, as well as borrowing capacity, both secured and unsecured, including off-balance sheet funding sources. The Company evaluates its potential funding needs across alternative scenarios and maintains contingency funding plans consistent with the Company’s access to diversified sources of contingent funding.

The following table identifies certain liquidity sources and capacity available to the Company at December 31, 2013

(Dollars in thousands)
December 31,
2013
FHLB advances
 
Borrowing capacity
$
1,603,143

Amount utilized
(840,182
)
Amount available
$
762,961

FRB discount window
 
Borrowing capacity
$
661,148

Amount utilized

Amount available
$
661,148

Unsecured lines of credit available
$
255,000

Unencumbered investment securities
 
U.S. government sponsored enterprises
$
1,494

State and local governments
934,096

Corporate bonds
442,501

Residential mortgage-backed securities
209,422

Total unencumbered securities
$
1,587,513


Capital Resources
Maintaining capital strength continues to be a long-term objective of the Company. Abundant capital is necessary to sustain growth, provide protection against unanticipated declines in asset values, and to safeguard the funds of depositors. Capital is also a source of funds for loan demand and enables the Company to effectively manage its assets and liabilities. The Company has the capacity to issue 117,187,500 shares of common stock of which 74,373,296 has been issued as of December 31, 2013. The Company also has the capacity to issue 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock of which none has been issued as of December 31, 2013. Conversely, the Company may decide to utilize a portion of its strong capital position, as it has done in the past, to repurchase shares of its outstanding common stock, depending on market price and other relevant considerations.

The Federal Reserve has adopted capital adequacy guidelines that are used to assess the adequacy of capital in supervising a bank holding company. The Company and the Bank were considered well capitalized by their respective regulators as of December 31, 2013 and 2012. There are no conditions or events after December 31, 2013 that management believes have changed the Company’s or the Bank’s risk-based capital category.


48



The following table illustrates the Federal Reserve’s capital adequacy guidelines and the Company’s compliance with those guidelines as of December 31, 2013.
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Tier 1
Capital
 
Total
Capital
 
Tier 1 Leverage
Capital
Total stockholders’ equity
$
963,250

 
963,250

 
963,250

Less:
 
 
 
 
 
Goodwill and intangibles
(139,218
)
 
(139,218
)
 
(139,218
)
Net unrealized gains on investment securities and change in fair value of derivatives used for cash flow hedges
(9,645
)
 
(9,645
)
 
(9,645
)
Plus:
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for loan and lease losses

 
67,093

 

Subordinated debentures
124,500

 
124,500

 
124,500

Total regulatory capital
$
938,887

 
1,005,980

 
938,887

Risk-weighted assets
$
5,304,019

 
5,304,019

 
 
Total adjusted average assets
 
 
 
 
$
7,752,039

Capital ratio
17.70
%
 
18.97
%
 
12.11
%
Regulatory “well capitalized” requirement
6.00
%
 
10.00
%
 
 
Excess over “well capitalized” requirement
11.70
%
 
8.97
%
 
 

For additional information regarding regulatory capital, see Note 12 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

Federal and State Income Taxes
The Company files a consolidated federal income tax return, using the accrual method of accounting. All required tax returns have been timely filed. Financial institutions are subject to the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, in the same general manner as other corporations.

Under Montana, Idaho, Colorado and Utah law, financial institutions are subject to a corporation income tax, which incorporates or is substantially similar to applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Code. The corporation income tax is imposed on federal taxable income, subject to certain adjustments. State taxes are incurred at the rate of 6.75 percent in Montana, 7.4 percent in Idaho, 5 percent in Utah and 4.63 percent in Colorado. Wyoming and Washington do not impose a corporate income tax.

Income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 was $30.0 million and $19.1 million, respectively. The Company’s effective tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 was 23.9 percent and 20.2 percent, respectively. The primary reason for the current and prior years’ low effective tax rate is the amount of tax-exempt investment income and federal income tax credits. The tax-exempt income was $42.9 million and $37.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The federal income tax credit benefits were $3.9 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.


49



The Company has equity investments in Certified Development Entities which have received allocations of New Markets Tax Credits (“NMTC”). Administered by the Community Development Financial Institutions Fund of the U.S. Department of the Treasury, the NMTC program is aimed at stimulating economic and community development and job creation in low-income communities. The federal income tax credits received are claimed over a seven-year credit allowance period. The Company also has equity investments in Low-Income Housing Tax Credits which are indirect federal subsidies used to finance the development of affordable rental housing for low-income households. The federal income tax credits are claimed over a ten-year credit allowance period. The Company has investments in Qualified Zone Academy and Qualified School Construction bonds whereby the Company receives quarterly federal income tax credits in lieu of taxable interest income until the bonds mature. The federal income tax credits on these bonds are subject to federal and state income tax.

Following is a list of expected federal income tax credits to be received in the years indicated.
 
(Dollars in thousands)
New
Markets
Tax Credits
 
Low-Income
Housing
Tax Credits
 
Investment
Securities
Tax Credits
 
Total
2014
$
2,850

 
1,270

 
910

 
5,030

2015
2,850

 
1,175

 
885

 
4,910

2016
1,014

 
1,175

 
861

 
3,050

2017
450

 
1,060

 
784

 
2,294

2018

 
1,060

 
707

 
1,767

Thereafter

 
2,021

 
3,759

 
5,780

 
$
7,164

 
7,761

 
7,906

 
22,831


See Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for additional information.

Average Balance Sheet
The following schedule provides 1) the total dollar amount of interest and dividend income of the Company for earning assets and the average yields; 2) the total dollar amount of interest expense on interest bearing liabilities and the average rates; 3) net interest and dividend income and interest rate spread; and 4) net interest margin (tax-equivalent).
 

50



 
Years ended
 
December 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
(Dollars in thousands)
Average
Balance
 
Interest &
Dividends
 
Average
Yield/
Rate
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest &
Dividends
 
Average
Yield/
Rate
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest &
Dividends
 
Average
Yield/
Rate
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential real estate loans
$
623,433

 
$
29,525

 
4.74
%
 
$
611,910

 
$
30,850

 
5.04
%
 
$
581,644

 
$
33,060

 
5.68
%
Commercial loans
2,542,255

 
127,450

 
5.01
%
 
2,274,128

 
121,425

 
5.32
%
 
2,364,115

 
130,249

 
5.51
%
Consumer and other loans
586,649

 
32,089

 
5.47
%
 
620,584

 
35,096

 
5.64
%
 
680,032

 
40,538

 
5.96
%
Total loans 1
3,752,337

 
189,064

 
5.04
%
 
3,506,622

 
187,371

 
5.33
%
 
3,625,791

 
203,847

 
5.62
%
Tax-exempt investment securities 2
1,064,457

 
61,924

 
5.82
%
 
888,839

 
54,389

 
6.12
%
 
705,548

 
45,331

 
6.42
%
Taxable investment securities 3
2,525,317

 
33,112

 
1.31
%
 
2,598,589

 
30,231

 
1.16
%
 
2,115,779

 
46,410

 
2.19
%
Total earning assets
7,342,111

 
284,100

 
3.87
%
 
6,994,050

 
271,991

 
3.88
%
 
6,447,118

 
295,588

 
4.58
%
Goodwill and intangibles
125,315

 
 
 
 
 
113,321

 
 
 
 
 
145,623

 
 
 
 
Non-earning assets
338,866

 
 
 
 
 
365,408

 
 
 
 
 
330,075

 
 
 
 
Total assets
$
7,806,292

 
 
 
 
 
$
7,472,779

 
 
 
 
 
$
6,922,816

 
 
 
 
Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-interest bearing deposits
$
1,244,332

 
$

 
%
 
$
1,080,854

 
$

 
%
 
$
923,039

 
$

 
%
NOW accounts
999,288

 
1,217

 
0.12
%
 
872,529

 
1,370

 
0.16
%
 
775,383

 
1,906

 
0.25
%
Savings accounts
540,495

 
276

 
0.05
%
 
450,940

 
342

 
0.08
%
 
387,921

 
511

 
0.13
%
Money market deposit accounts
1,075,625

 
2,169

 
0.20
%
 
888,620

 
2,221

 
0.25
%
 
875,127

 
3,667

 
0.42
%
Certificate accounts
1,114,010

 
9,039

 
0.81
%
 
1,049,752

 
11,633

 
1.11
%
 
1,085,293

 
16,332

 
1.50
%
Wholesale deposits 4
434,249

 
1,169

 
0.27
%
 
693,463

 
2,617

 
0.38
%
 
622,808

 
2,853

 
0.46
%
FHLB advances
971,554

 
10,610

 
1.09
%
 
996,766

 
12,566

 
1.26
%
 
942,651

 
12,687

 
1.35
%
Repurchase agreements, federal funds purchased and other borrowed funds
431,046

 
4,278

 
0.99
%
 
495,871

 
4,965

 
1.00
%
 
418,626

 
6,538

 
1.56
%
Total interest bearing liabilities
6,810,599

 
28,758

 
0.42
%
 
6,528,795

 
35,714

 
0.55
%
 
6,030,848

 
44,494

 
0.74
%
Other liabilities
59,497

 
 
 
 
 
59,571

 
 
 
 
 
34,343

 
 
 
 
Total liabilities
6,870,096

 
 
 
 
 
6,588,366

 
 
 
 
 
6,065,191

 
 
 
 
Stockholders’ Equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common stock
732

 
 
 
 
 
719

 
 
 
 
 
719

 
 
 
 
Paid-in capital
667,107

 
 
 
 
 
642,009

 
 
 
 
 
643,140

 
 
 
 
Retained earnings
239,138

 
 
 
 
 
194,413

 
 
 
 
 
195,301

 
 
 
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income
29,219

 
 
 
 
 
47,272

 
 
 
 
 
18,465

 
 
 
 
Total stockholders’ equity
936,196

 
 
 
 
 
884,413

 
 
 
 
 
857,625

 
 
 
 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
$
7,806,292

 
 
 
 
 
$
7,472,779

 
 
 
 
 
$
6,922,816

 
 
 
 
Net interest income (tax-equivalent)
 
 
$
255,342

 
 
 
 
 
$
236,277

 
 
 
 
 
$
251,094

 
 
Net interest spread (tax-equivalent)
 
 
 
 
3.45
%
 
 
 
 
 
3.33
%
 
 
 
 
 
3.84
%
Net interest margin (tax-equivalent)
 
 
 
 
3.48
%
 
 
 
 
 
3.37
%
 
 
 
 
 
3.89
%
 
__________
1 
Total loans are gross of the allowance for loan and lease losses, net of unearned income and include loans held for sale. Non-accrual loans were included in the average volume for the entire period.
2 
Includes tax effect of $19.0 million, $16.7 million and $13.9 million on tax-exempt investment security income for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
3 
Includes tax effect of $1.5 million, $1.5 million and $1.6 million on investment security income tax credits for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
4 
Wholesale deposits include brokered deposits classified as NOW, money market deposit and certificate accounts.


51



Rate/Volume Analysis
Net interest income can be evaluated from the perspective of relative dollars of change in each period. Interest income and interest expense, which are the components of net interest income, are shown in the following table on the basis of the amount of any increases (or decreases) attributable to changes in the dollar levels of the Company’s interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities (“Volume”) and the yields earned and rates paid on such assets and liabilities (“Rate”). The change in interest income and interest expense attributable to changes in both volume and rates has been allocated proportionately to the change due to volume and the change due to rate. 

 
Year ended December 31,
 
Year ended December 31,
 
2013 vs. 2012
 
2012 vs. 2011
 
Increase (Decrease) Due to:
 
Increase (Decrease) Due to:
(Dollars in thousands)
Volume
 
Rate
 
Net
 
Volume
 
Rate
 
Net
Interest income
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential real estate loans
$
581

 
(1,906
)
 
(1,325
)
 
1,720

 
(3,930
)
 
(2,210
)
Commercial loans
14,316

 
(8,291
)
 
6,025

 
(4,958
)
 
(3,866
)
 
(8,824
)
Consumer and other loans
(1,919
)
 
(1,088
)
 
(3,007
)
 
(3,544
)
 
(1,898
)
 
(5,442
)
Investment securities (tax-equivalent)
2,483

 
7,933

 
10,416

 
21,659

 
(28,780
)
 
(7,121
)
Total interest income
15,461

 
(3,352
)
 
12,109

 
14,877

 
(38,474
)
 
(23,597
)
Interest expense
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOW accounts
199

 
(352
)
 
(153
)
 
239

 
(774
)
 
(535
)
Savings accounts
68

 
(134
)
 
(66
)
 
83

 
(253
)
 
(170
)
Money market deposit accounts
467

 
(519
)
 
(52
)
 
56

 
(1,502
)
 
(1,446
)
Certificate accounts
712

 
(3,306
)
 
(2,594
)
 
(535
)
 
(4,164
)
 
(4,699
)
Wholesale deposits
(978
)
 
(470
)
 
(1,448
)
 
324

 
(560
)
 
(236
)
FHLB advances
(318
)
 
(1,638
)
 
(1,956
)
 
728

 
(849
)
 
(121
)
Repurchase agreements, federal funds purchased and other borrowed funds
(649
)
 
(38
)
 
(687
)
 
1,206

 
(2,779
)
 
(1,573
)
Total interest expense
(499
)
 
(6,457
)
 
(6,956
)
 
2,101

 
(10,881
)
 
(8,780
)
Net interest income (tax-equivalent)
$
15,960

 
3,105

 
19,065

 
12,776

 
(27,593
)
 
(14,817
)

Net interest income (tax-equivalent) increased $19.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the same period in 2012. The increase in interest income was driven by the increased yields and volume on investment securities and increased volume on commercial loans. Additionally, the Company was able to lower interest expense by continuing to reduce deposit and borrowing interest rates.

Net interest income (tax-equivalent) decreased $14.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the same period in 2011. The decrease in interest income was driven by reduced yields on investment securities and reduced yields on the loan portfolio which outpaced the increased volume of commercial loans and increased volume of investment securities. Although, the Company was able to lower interest expense by reducing deposit and borrowing interest rates, it was not enough to offset the reduction in interest income.

Effect of inflation and changing prices
GAAP often requires the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars, without consideration for change in relative purchasing power over time due to inflation. Virtually all assets of the Company are monetary in nature; therefore, interest rates generally have a more significant impact on a company’s performance than does the effect of inflation.

Critical Accounting Policies
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP often requires management to use significant judgments as well as subjective and/or complex measurements in making estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. The Company considers its accounting policies for the ALLL, goodwill, fair value measurements and determination of whether an investment security is temporarily or other-than-temporarily impaired to be critical accounting policies.


52



Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
For information regarding the ALLL, its relation to the provision for loan losses and risk related to asset quality, see the section captioned “Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses” included in “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and Notes 1 and 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

Goodwill
For information on goodwill, see Notes 1 and 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

Fair Value Measurements
For information on fair value measurements, see Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

Other-Than-Temporary Impairment on Securities
For information regarding the accounting policy and analysis of other-than-temporary impairment on securities, see the section captioned “Investment Activity” included in “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

Impact of Recently Issued Accounting Standards
New authoritative accounting guidance that has either been issued or is effective during 2013 or 2014 and may possibly have a material impact on the Company includes amendments to: Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Subtopic 310-40, Receivables - Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors, FASB ASC Topic 323, Investments - Equity Method and Joint Ventures and FASB ASC Topic 220, Comprehensive Income. For additional information on the topics and the impact on the Company see Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”


Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

The disclosures set forth in this item are qualified by the section captioned “Forward-Looking Statements” included in “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”Market risk is the risk of loss in a financial instrument arising from adverse changes in market rates/prices such as interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, commodity prices, and equity prices. The Company’s primary market risk exposure is interest rate risk.

Interest Rate Risk
Interest rate risk is the potential for loss of future earnings resulting from adverse changes in the level of interest rates. Interest rate risk results from many factors and could have a significant impact on the Company’s net interest income, which is the Company primary source of net income. Net interest income is affected by changes in interest rates, the relationship between rates on interest bearing assets and liabilities, the impact of the interest fluctuations on asset prepayments and the mix of interest bearing assets and liabilities.
Although interest rate risk is inherent in the banking industry, banks are expected to have sound risk management practices in place to measure, monitor and control interest rate exposures. The objective of interest rate risk management is to contain the risks associated with interest rate fluctuations. The process involves identification and management of the sensitivity of net interest income to changing interest rates. Managing interest rate risk is not an exact science. The interval between repricing of interest rates of assets and liabilities changes from day to day as the assets and liabilities change.
The ongoing monitoring and management of this risk is an important component of the Company’s asset/liability management process which is governed by policies established by the Company’s Board that are reviewed and approved annually. The Board delegates responsibility for carrying out the asset/liability management policies to the Bank’s ALCO. In this capacity, the ALCO develops guidelines and strategies impacting the Company’s asset/liability management related activities based upon estimated market risk sensitivity, policy limits and overall market interest rate levels and trends. The Company’s goal of its asset and liability management practices is to maintain or increase the level of net interest income within an acceptable level of interest rate risk.
In addition to the risk management practices previously described, the Company has entered into forecasted interest rate swap derivative financial instruments to hedge various interest rate exposures. For more information on the Company’s interest rate swaps, see Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”




53



GAP analysis
The GAP table below estimates the repricing and maturities of the contractual characteristics of the assets and liabilities, based upon the Company’s assessment of the repricing characteristics of the various instruments. NOW and savings accounts are included in the categories that reflect the interest rate sensitivity of the individual programs and if the deposits are not clearly rate sensitive, the deposits are included in the more than 5 years category. Money market deposit accounts are included in the 0-6 months category. Residential mortgage-backed securities are categorized based on the anticipated payments.

The following table gives a description of the Company’s GAP position for various time periods. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had a negative GAP position at six months and at twelve months. The cumulative GAP as a percentage of total assets for six months is negative 16.39 percent which compares to negative 13.85 percent at December 31, 2012 and negative 13.54 percent at December 31, 2011.

 
Projected Maturity or Repricing
(Dollars in thousands)
0-6
Months
 
6-12
Months
 
1 - 5
Years
 
More than
5 Years
 
Total
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest bearing cash deposits and federal funds sold
$
45,662

 

 

 

 
45,662

Residential mortgage-backed securities
291,194

 
230,045

 
682,846

 
180,537

 
1,384,622

Other investment securities
103,484

 
73,226

 
822,353

 
839,144

 
1,838,207

Variable rate loans
997,469

 
328,287

 
1,056,591

 
183,695

 
2,566,042

Fixed rate loans
344,379

 
241,045

 
709,699

 
201,673

 
1,496,796

Non-marketable equity securities

 

 

 
52,192

 
52,192

Total interest bearing assets
$
1,782,188

 
872,603

 
3,271,489

 
1,457,241

 
7,383,521

Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest bearing deposits
$
2,166,402

 
283,219

 
284,418

 
1,471,509

 
4,205,548

FHLB advances
512,000

 
46,983

 
143,343

 
137,856

 
840,182

Repurchase agreements and other borrowed funds
314,228

 
414

 
1,143

 
6,475

 
322,260

Subordinated debentures

 

 

 
125,562

 
125,562

Total interest bearing liabilities
$
2,992,630

 
330,616

 
428,904

 
1,741,402

 
5,493,552

Repricing GAP
$
(1,210,442
)
 
541,987

 
2,842,585

 
(284,161
)
 
1,889,969

Cumulative repricing GAP
$
(1,210,442
)
 
(668,455
)
 
2,174,130

 
1,889,969

 
 
Cumulative GAP as a % of interest bearing assets
(16.39
)%
 
(9.05
)%
 
29.45
%
 
25.60
%
 
 

Net interest income simulation
The traditional one-dimensional view of GAP is not sufficient to show a bank’s ability to withstand interest rate changes. Because of limitations in GAP modeling, the ALCO of the Company uses a detailed and dynamic simulation model to quantify the estimated exposure of net interest income (“NII”) to sustained interest rate changes. While ALCO routinely monitors simulated NII sensitivity over rolling two-year and five-year horizons, it also utilizes additional tools to monitor potential longer-term interest rate risk. The simulation model captures the impact of changing interest rates on the interest income received and interest expense paid on all assets and liabilities reflected on the Company’s statements of financial condition. This sensitivity analysis is compared to ALCO policy limits which specify a maximum tolerance level for NII exposure over a one year and two year horizon, assuming no balance sheet growth. The ALCO policy rate scenarios include upward and downward shift in interest rates for a 200 basis point (“bp”), 400bp, and 300bp scenario. The 200bp and 400bp rate scenarios include parallel and pro rata shifts in interest rates over a 12-month period and 24-month period, respectively. The 300bp rate scenario is a shock scenario with instantaneous and parallel changes in interest rates. Given the historically low rate environment, a downward shift in interest rates of only 100bp is modeled. Since the model assumes that interest rates will not be negative, the 100bp scenario represents a flattening of market yield curves. Other non-parallel rate movement scenarios are also modeled to determine the potential impact on net interest income. The additional scenarios are adjusted as the economic environment changes and provides ALCO additional interest rate risk monitoring tools to evaluate current market conditions.


54



The following is indicative of the Company’s overall NII sensitivity analysis as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 as compared to the policy limits approved by the Company’s Board. The Company’s interest sensitivity remained within policy limits at December 31, 2013
 
 
Year 1
 
Year 2
Rate Scenarios
 
Policy
Limits
 
Estimated
Sensitivity
 
Policy
Limits
 
Estimated
Sensitivity
-100 bp Rate ramp
 
N/A

 
(1.5
)%
 
N/A

 
(6.9
)%
+200 bp Rate ramp
 
(10.0
)%
 
(0.4
)%
 
(15.0
)%
 
(0.6
)%
+400 bp Rate ramp
 
(10.0
)%
 
 %
 
(25.0
)%
 
(4.8
)%
+300 bp Rate shock
 
(20.0
)%
 
(4.8
)%
 
(20.0
)%
 
3.1
 %

The preceding sensitivity analysis does not represent a forecast and should not be relied upon as being indicative of expected operating results. These hypothetical estimates are based upon numerous assumptions including: the nature and timing of interest rate levels including yield curve shape, prepayments on loans and securities, deposit decay rates, pricing decisions on loans and deposits, reinvestment/replacement of assets and liability cash flows, and others. While assumptions are developed based upon current economic and local market conditions, the Company cannot make any assurances as to the predictive nature of these assumptions including how customer preferences or competitor influences might change. Also, as market conditions vary from those assumed in the sensitivity analysis, actual results will also differ due to prepayment/refinancing levels likely deviating from those assumed, the varying impact of interest rate change caps or floors on adjustable rate assets, the potential effect of changing debt service levels on customers with adjustable rate loans, depositor early withdrawals and product preference changes, and other internal and external variables. Furthermore, the sensitivity analysis does not reflect actions that ALCO might take in responding to or anticipating changes in interest rates.

Economic value of equity
In addition to the GAP and NII analyses, the Company calculates the economic value of equity (“EVE”) which focuses on longer term interest rate risk. The EVE process models the cash flow of financial instruments to maturity and then discounts those cashflows based on prevailing interest rates in order to develop a baseline EVE. The interest rates used in the model are then shocked for an immediate increase and decrease in interest rates. The results for the shocked model are compared to the baseline results to determine the percentage change in EVE under the various scenarios. The resulting percentage change in the EVE is an indication of the longer term re-pricing risk and option risks embedded in the balance sheet. The measure is not designed to estimate the Company’s capital levels, such as tangible, regulatory, or market capitalization.

The following reflects the Company’s EVE maximum sensitivity policy limits and EVE analysis as of December 31, 2013:
 
Rate Scenarios
 
Policy
Limits
 
Post
Shock Ratio
-100 bp Rate shock
 
(15
)%
 
(2.1
)%
+100 bp Rate shock
 
(15
)%
 
(6.7
)%
+200 bp Rate shock
 
(25
)%
 
(15.8
)%
+300 bp Rate shock
 
(35
)%
 
(23.9
)%
 

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data


55










Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm



Audit Committee, Board of Directors and Stockholders
Glacier Bancorp, Inc.
Kalispell, Montana


We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of Glacier Bancorp, Inc. as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013. The Company's management is responsible for these financial statements. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. Our audits included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Glacier Bancorp, Inc. as of December 31, 2013, and 2012, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Glacier Bancorp, Inc.'s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in the 1992 Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) and our report dated February 28, 2014, expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ BKD, LLP

Denver, Colorado
February 28, 2014

56










Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm



Audit Committee, Board of Directors and Stockholders
Glacier Bancorp, Inc.
Kalispell, Montana


We have audited Glacier Bancorp, Inc.'s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in the 1992 Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company's management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of reliable financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Because management's assessment and our audit were conducted to meet the reporting requirements of Section 112 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act (FDICIA), our examination of Glacier Bancorp, Inc.'s internal control over financial reporting included controls over the preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and with the instructions to the Consolidated Financial Statements for Bank Holding Companies (Form FR Y-9C). A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention, or timely detection and correction of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.


57







Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Glacier Bancorp, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in the 1992 Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements of Glacier Bancorp, Inc. and our report dated February 28, 2014, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ BKD, LLP

Denver, Colorado
February 28, 2014



58



GLACIER BANCORP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
 
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
December 31,
2013
 
December 31,
2012
Assets
 
 
 
Cash on hand and in banks
$
109,995

 
123,270

Federal funds sold
10,527

 

Interest bearing cash deposits
35,135

 
63,770

Cash and cash equivalents
155,657

 
187,040

Investment securities, available-for-sale
3,222,829

 
3,683,005

Loans held for sale
46,738

 
145,501

Loans receivable
4,062,838

 
3,397,425

Allowance for loan and lease losses
(130,351
)
 
(130,854
)
Loans receivable, net
3,932,487

 
3,266,571

Premises and equipment, net
167,671

 
158,989

Other real estate owned
26,860

 
45,115

Accrued interest receivable
41,898

 
37,770

Deferred tax asset
43,549

 
20,394

Core deposit intangible, net
9,512

 
6,174

Goodwill
129,706

 
106,100

Non-marketable equity securities
52,192

 
48,812

Other assets
55,251

 
41,969

Total assets
$
7,884,350

 
7,747,440

Liabilities
 
 
 
Non-interest bearing deposits
$
1,374,419

 
1,191,933

Interest bearing deposits
4,205,548

 
4,172,528

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
313,394

 
289,508

Federal Home Loan Bank advances
840,182

 
997,013

Other borrowed funds
8,387

 
10,032

Subordinated debentures
125,562

 
125,418

Accrued interest payable
3,505

 
4,675

Other liabilities
50,103

 
55,384

Total liabilities
6,921,100

 
6,846,491

Stockholders’ Equity
 
 
 
Preferred shares, $0.01 par value per share, 1,000,000 shares authorized, none issued or outstanding

 

Common stock, $0.01 par value per share, 117,187,500 shares authorized
744

 
719

Paid-in capital
690,918

 
641,737

Retained earnings - substantially restricted
261,943

 
210,531

Accumulated other comprehensive income
9,645

 
47,962

Total stockholders’ equity
963,250

 
900,949

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
$
7,884,350

 
7,747,440

Number of common stock shares issued and outstanding
74,373,296

 
71,937,222

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

59



GLACIER BANCORP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 
Years ended
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
December 31,
2013
 
December 31,
2012
 
December 31,
2011
Interest Income
 
 
 
 
 
Residential real estate loans
$
29,525

 
30,850

 
33,060

Commercial loans
127,450

 
121,425

 
130,249

Consumer and other loans
32,089

 
35,096

 
40,538

Investment securities
74,512

 
66,386

 
76,262

Total interest income
263,576

 
253,757

 
280,109

Interest Expense
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits
13,870

 
18,183

 
25,269

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
867

 
1,308

 
1,353

Federal Home Loan Bank advances
10,610

 
12,566

 
12,687

Federal funds purchased and other borrowed funds
206

 
229

 
224

Subordinated debentures
3,205

 
3,428

 
4,961

Total interest expense
28,758

 
35,714

 
44,494

Net Interest Income
234,818

 
218,043

 
235,615

Provision for loan losses
6,887

 
21,525

 
64,500

Net interest income after provision for loan losses
227,931

 
196,518

 
171,115

Non-Interest Income
 
 
 
 
 
Service charges and other fees
49,478

 
45,343

 
44,194

Miscellaneous loan fees and charges
4,982

 
4,363

 
3,919

Gain on sale of loans
28,517

 
32,227

 
21,132

(Loss) gain on sale of investments
(299
)
 

 
346

Other income
10,369

 
9,563

 
8,608

Total non-interest income
93,047

 
91,496

 
78,199

Non-Interest Expense
 
 
 
 
 
Compensation and employee benefits
104,221

 
95,373

 
85,691

Occupancy and equipment
24,875

 
23,837

 
23,599

Advertising and promotions
6,913

 
6,413

 
6,469

Outsourced data processing
4,493

 
3,324

 
3,153

Other real estate owned
7,196

 
18,964

 
27,255

Regulatory assessments and insurance
6,362

 
7,313

 
9,583

Core deposit intangible amortization
2,401

 
2,110

 
2,473

Goodwill impairment charge

 

 
40,159

Other expense
38,856

 
36,087

 
33,742

Total non-interest expense
195,317

 
193,421

 
232,124

Income Before Income Taxes
125,661

 
94,593

 
17,190

Federal and state income tax expense (benefit)
30,017

 
19,077

 
(281
)
Net Income
$
95,644

 
75,516

 
17,471

Basic earnings per share
$
1.31

 
1.05

 
0.24

Diluted earnings per share
$
1.31

 
1.05

 
0.24

Dividends declared per share
$
0.60

 
0.53

 
0.52

Average outstanding shares - basic
73,191,713

 
71,928,570

 
71,915,073

Average outstanding shares - diluted
73,260,278

 
71,928,656

 
71,915,073



See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

60



GLACIER BANCORP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
 
 
Years ended
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31,
2013
 
December 31,
2012
 
December 31,
2011
Net Income
$
95,644

 
75,516

 
17,471

Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income, Net of Tax
 
 
 
 
 
Unrealized (losses) gains on available-for-sale securities
(81,739
)
 
31,617

 
63,190

Reclassification adjustment for losses (gains) included in net income
299

 

 
(346
)
Net unrealized (losses) gains on securities
(81,440
)
 
31,617

 
62,844

Tax effect
31,680

 
(12,300
)
 
(24,444
)
Net of tax amount
(49,760
)
 
19,317

 
38,400

Unrealized gains (losses) on derivatives used for cash flow hedges
18,728

 
(7,926
)
 
(8,906
)
Tax effect
(7,285
)
 
3,084

 
3,465

Net of tax amount
11,443

 
(4,842
)
 
(5,441
)
Total other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax
(38,317
)
 
14,475

 
32,959

Total Comprehensive Income
$
57,327

 
89,991

 
50,430

































See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

61



GLACIER BANCORP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011
 
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Common Stock
 
Paid-in Capital
 
Retained
Earnings
Substantially Restricted
 
Accumulated
Other Comp-rehensive Income
 
 
Shares
 
Amount
 
 
 
 
Total
Balance at December 31, 2010
71,915,073

 
$
719

 
643,894

 
193,063

 
528

 
838,204

Comprehensive income

 

 

 
17,471

 
32,959

 
50,430

Cash dividends declared ($0.52 per share)

 

 

 
(37,395
)
 

 
(37,395
)
Stock-based compensation and related taxes

 

 
(1,012
)
 

 

 
(1,012
)
Balance at December 31, 2011
71,915,073

 
$
719

 
642,882

 
173,139

 
33,487

 
850,227

Comprehensive income

 

 

 
75,516

 
14,475

 
89,991

Cash dividends declared ($0.53 per share)

 

 

 
(38,124
)
 

 
(38,124
)
Stock issuances under stock incentive plans
22,149

 

 
323

 

 

 
323

Stock-based compensation and related taxes

 

 
(1,468
)
 

 

 
(1,468
)
Balance at December 31, 2012
71,937,222

 
$
719

 
641,737

 
210,531

 
47,962

 
900,949

Comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

 
95,644

 
(38,317
)
 
57,327

Cash dividends declared ($0.60 per share)

 

 

 
(44,232
)
 

 
(44,232
)
Stock issuances under stock incentive plans
292,942

 
3

 
4,504

 

 

 
4,507

Stock issued in connection with acquisitions
2,143,132

 
22

 
45,012

 

 

 
45,034

Stock-based compensation and related taxes

 

 
(335
)
 

 

 
(335
)
Balance at December 31, 2013
74,373,296

 
$
744

 
690,918

 
261,943

 
9,645

 
963,250



























See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

62



GLACIER BANCORP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 
Years ended
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
Operating Activities
 
 
 
 
 
Net income
$
95,644

 
75,516

 
17,471

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Provision for loan losses
6,887

 
21,525

 
64,500

Net amortization of investment securities premiums and discounts
64,066

 
71,992

 
38,035

Federal Home Loan Bank stock dividends

 
(5
)
 
(17
)
Loans held for sale originated or acquired
(918,451
)
 
(1,188,632
)
 
(824,089
)
Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale
1,084,799

 
1,204,431

 
842,337

Gain on sale of loans
(28,517
)
 
(32,227
)
 
(21,132
)
Loss (gain) on sale of investments
299

 

 
(346
)
Stock-based compensation expense, net of tax benefits
1,011

 
254

 
45

Excess tax deficiencies from stock-based compensation
223

 
8

 

Depreciation of premises and equipment
10,485

 
10,615

 
10,443

Loss on sale of other real estate owned and writedowns, net
1,450

 
13,311

 
19,727

Amortization of core deposit intangibles
2,401

 
2,110

 
2,473

Goodwill impairment charge

 

 
40,159

Deferred tax expense (benefit)
4,633

 
837

 
(13,308
)
Net increase in accrued interest receivable
(265
)
 
(2,809
)
 
(4,715
)
Net decrease (increase) in other assets
19,881

 
(3,286
)
 
12,464

Net decrease in accrued interest payable
(1,354
)
 
(1,150
)
 
(1,420
)
Net (decrease) increase in other liabilities
(9,097
)
 
11,303

 
4,216

Net cash provided by operating activities
334,095

 
183,793

 
186,843

Investing Activities
 
 
 
 
 
Proceeds from sales, maturities and prepayments of investment securities, available-for-sale
1,864,334

 
2,041,416

 
1,024,508

Purchases of investment securities, available-for-sale
(1,426,262
)
 
(2,638,054
)
 
(1,730,244
)
Principal collected on loans
1,224,222

 
1,034,374

 
958,401

Loans originated or acquired
(1,559,353
)
 
(1,049,344
)
 
(826,329
)
Net addition of premises and equipment and other real estate owned
(8,977
)
 
(10,730
)
 
(17,492
)
Proceeds from sale of other real estate owned
28,535

 
41,804

 
46,703

Net sale of non-marketable equity securities
583

 
888

 
15,357

Net cash received from acquisitions
26,155

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investment activities
149,237

 
(579,646
)
 
(529,096
)
Financing Activities
 
 
 
 
 
Net (decrease) increase in deposits
(334,672
)
 
543,248

 
299,311

Net increase in securities sold under agreements to repurchase
23,886

 
30,865

 
9,240

Net (decrease) increase in Federal Home Loan Bank advances
(162,298
)
 
(72,033
)
 
103,905

Net (decrease) increase in federal funds purchased and other borrowed funds
(1,502
)
 
180

 
(9,867
)
Cash dividends paid
(44,232
)
 
(47,472
)
 
(37,395
)
Excess tax deficiencies from stock-based compensation
(223
)
 
(8
)
 

Proceeds from stock options exercised
4,326

 
81

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
(514,715
)
 
454,861

 
365,194

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
(31,383
)
 
59,008

 
22,941

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
187,040

 
128,032

 
105,091

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
$
155,657

 
187,040

 
128,032


See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

63



GLACIER BANCORP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Continued)
 
Years ended
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information
 
 
 
 
 
Cash paid during the period for interest
$
30,111

 
36,865

 
45,913

Cash paid during the period for income taxes
23,576

 
21,257

 
7,925

Supplemental Disclosure of Non-Cash Investing Activities
 
 
 
 
 
Sale and refinancing of other real estate owned
$
4,819

 
5,659

 
8,665

Transfer of loans to other real estate owned
15,266

 
27,536

 
79,295

Acquisitions
 
 
 
 
 
Fair value of common stock shares issued
45,033

 

 

Cash consideration for outstanding shares
24,858

 

 

Fair value of assets acquired
630,569

 

 

Liabilities assumed
560,678

 

 






































See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

64



GLACIER BANCORP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1. Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

General
Glacier Bancorp, Inc. (“Company”) is a Montana corporation headquartered in Kalispell, Montana. The Company provides a full range of banking services to individual and corporate customers in Montana, Idaho, Wyoming, Colorado, Utah and Washington through thirteen divisions of its wholly-owned bank subsidiary, Glacier Bank (“Bank”). The Company offers a wide range of banking products and services, including transaction and savings deposits, real estate, commercial, agriculture and consumer loans and mortgage origination services. The Company serves individuals, small to medium-sized businesses, community organizations and public entities.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of income and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change include: 1) the determination of the allowance for loan and lease losses (“ALLL” or “allowance”), 2) the valuations related to investments and real estate acquired in connection with foreclosures or in satisfaction of loans, and 3) the evaluation of goodwill impairment. For the determination of the ALLL and real estate valuation estimates, management obtains independent appraisals (new or updated) for significant items. Estimates relating to investment valuations are obtained from independent third parties. Estimates relating to the evaluation of goodwill for impairment are determined based on internal calculations using significant independent party inputs.

Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements of the Company include the parent holding company and the Bank. The Bank consists of thirteen bank divisions, a treasury division and an information technology division. The treasury division was formed on January 1, 2013 to efficiently manage the Bank’s investment security portfolio and wholesale borrowings. The information technology division was formed on January 1, 2013 and includes the Bank’s internal data processing and information technology expenses that previously were included with the parent holding company. Each of the bank divisions operate under separate names, management teams and directors. The Company considers the Bank to be its sole operating segment as the Bank 1) engages in similar bank business activity from which it earns revenues and incurs expenses, 2) the operating results of the Bank are regularly reviewed by the Chief Executive Officer (i.e., the chief operating decision maker) who makes decisions about resources to be allocated to the Bank, and 3) financial information is available for the Bank. All significant inter-company transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

On May 31, 2013, the Company completed its acquisition of Wheatland Bankshares, Inc. (“Wheatland”) and its wholly-owned subsidiary, First State Bank, a community bank based in Wheatland, Wyoming. On July 31, 2013, the Company completed its acquisition of North Cascades Bancshares, Inc. (“NCBI”) and its wholly-owned subsidiary, North Cascades National Bank, a community bank based in Chelan, Washington. Both transactions were accounted for using the acquisition method, and their results of operations have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements as of the acquisition dates.

The Company formed GBCI Other Real Estate (“GORE”) to isolate certain bank foreclosed properties for legal protection and administrative purposes and the remaining properties are currently held for sale. GORE is included in the Bank operating segment due to its insignificant activity.

The Company owns the following trust subsidiaries, each of which issued trust preferred securities as Tier 1 capital instruments: Glacier Capital Trust II, Glacier Capital Trust III, Glacier Capital Trust IV, Citizens (ID) Statutory Trust I, Bank of the San Juans Bancorporation Trust I, First Company Statutory Trust 2001 and First Company Statutory Trust 2003. The trust subsidiaries are not included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Variable Interest Entities
A variable interest entity (“VIE”) exists when either 1) the entity’s total equity investment at risk is not sufficient to permit the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties, or 2) the entity has equity investors that cannot make significant decisions about the entity’s operations or that do not absorb their proportionate share of the expected losses or receive the expected returns of the entity. In addition, a VIE must be consolidated by the Company if it is deemed to be the primary beneficiary of the VIE, which is the party involved with the VIE that has the power to direct the VIE’s significant activities and will absorb a majority of the expected losses, receive a majority of the expected residual returns, or both. The Company’s VIEs are regularly monitored to determine if any reconsideration events have occurred that could cause the primary beneficiary status to change.


65



Note 1. Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

The Company has equity investments in Certified Development Entities (“CDE”) which have received allocations of New Markets Tax Credits (“NMTC”). The Company also has equity investments in Low-Income Housing Tax Credit (“LIHTC”) partnerships. The CDEs and the LIHTC partnerships are VIEs. The underlying activities of the VIEs are community development projects designed primarily to promote community welfare, such as economic rehabilitation and development of low-income areas by providing housing, services, or jobs for residents. The maximum exposure to loss in the VIEs is the amount of equity invested and credit extended by the Company. However, the Company has credit protection in the form of indemnification agreements, guarantees, and collateral arrangements. The primary activities of the VIEs are recognized in commercial loans interest income, other non-interest income and other borrowed funds interest expense on the Company’s statements of operations. Such related cash flows are recognized in loans originated, principal collected on loans and change in other borrowed funds. The Company has evaluated the variable interests held by the Company in each CDE (NMTC) and LIHTC partnership investment and determined that the Company continues to be the primary beneficiary of such VIEs. As the primary beneficiary, the VIEs’ assets, liabilities, and results of operations are included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

The following table summarizes the carrying amounts of the VIEs’ assets and liabilities included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2013 and 2012:
 
 
December 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
(Dollars in thousands)
CDE (NMTC)
 
LIHTC
 
CDE (NMTC)
 
LIHTC
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans receivable
$
36,039

 

 
35,480

 

Premises and equipment, net

 
13,536

 

 
16,066

Accrued interest receivable
117

 

 
117

 

Other assets
843

 
153

 
1,114

 
143

Total assets
$
36,999

 
13,689

 
36,711

 
16,209

Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other borrowed funds
$
4,555

 
1,723

 
4,555

 
3,639

Accrued interest payable
4

 
5

 
4

 
6

Other liabilities
151

 
189

 
182

 
136

Total liabilities
$
4,710

 
1,917

 
4,741

 
3,781


Amounts presented in the table above are adjusted for intercompany eliminations. All assets presented can be used only to settle obligations of the consolidated VIEs and all liabilities presented consist of liabilities for which creditors and other beneficial interest holders therein have no recourse to the general credit of the Company.

Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, cash held as demand deposits at various banks and regulatory agencies, interest bearing deposits, federal funds sold and liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less.

Investment Securities
Debt securities for which the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as held-to-maturity (“HTM”) and are carried at amortized cost. Debt and equity securities held primarily for the purpose of selling in the near term are classified as trading securities and are reported at fair market value, with unrealized gains and losses included in income. Debt and equity securities not classified as HTM or trading are classified as available-for-sale (“AFS”) and are reported at fair value with unrealized gains and losses, net of income taxes, as a separate component of other comprehensive income. Premiums and discounts on investment securities are amortized or accreted into income using a method that approximates the interest method. The objective of the interest method is to calculate periodic interest income at a constant effective yield.


66



Note 1. Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

The Company reviews and analyzes the various risks that may be present within the investment securities portfolio on an ongoing basis, including market risk and credit risk. Market risk is the risk to an entity’s financial condition resulting from adverse changes in the value of its holdings arising from movements in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices or commodity prices. The Company assesses the market risk of individual securities as well as the investment securities portfolio as a whole. Credit risk, broadly defined, is the risk that an issuer or counterparty will fail to perform on an obligation. A security is investment grade if the issuer has an adequate capacity to meet its commitment over the expected life of the investment, i.e., the risk of default is low and full and timely repayment of interest and principal is expected. To determine investment grade status for securities, the Company conducts due diligence of the creditworthiness of the issuer or counterparty prior to acquisition and ongoing thereafter consistent with the risk characteristics of the security and the overall risk of the investment securities portfolio. Credit quality due diligence takes into account the extent to which a security is guaranteed by the U.S. government and other agencies of the U.S. government. The depth of the due diligence is based on the complexity of the structure, the size of the security, and takes into account material positions and specific groups of securities or stratifications for analysis and review of similar risk positions. The due diligence includes consideration of payment performance, collateral adequacy, internal analyses, third party research and analytics, external credit ratings and default statistics.

For additional information relating to investment securities, see Note 3.

Temporary versus Other-Than-Temporary Impairment
The Company assesses individual securities in its investment securities portfolio for impairment at least on a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or market conditions warrant. An investment is impaired if the fair value of the security is less than its carrying value at the financial statement date. If impairment is determined to be other-than-temporary, an impairment loss is recognized by reducing the amortized cost for the credit loss portion of the impairment with a corresponding charge to earnings for a like amount.

For fair value estimates provided by third party vendors, management also considered the models and methodology for appropriate consideration of both observable and unobservable inputs, including appropriately adjusted discount rates and credit spreads for securities with limited or inactive markets, and whether the quoted prices reflect orderly transactions. For certain securities, the Company obtained independent estimates of inputs, including cash flows, in supplement to third party vendor provided information. The Company also reviewed financial statements of select issuers, with follow up discussions with issuers’ management for clarification and verification of information relevant to the Company’s impairment analysis.

In evaluating impaired securities for other-than-temporary impairment losses, management considers 1) the severity and duration of the impairment, 2) the credit ratings of the security, 3) the overall deal structure, including the Company’s position within the structure, the overall and near term financial performance of the issuer and underlying collateral, delinquencies, defaults, loss severities, recoveries, prepayments, cumulative loss projections, discounted cash flows and fair value estimates.

In evaluating debt securities for other-than-temporary impairment losses, management assesses whether the Company intends to sell the security or if it is more-likely-than-not that the Company will be required to sell the debt security. In so doing, management considers contractual constraints, liquidity, capital, asset / liability management and securities portfolio objectives. If impairment is determined to be other-than-temporary and the Company does not intend to sell a debt security, and it is more-likely-than-not the Company will not be required to sell the security before recovery of its cost basis, it recognizes the credit component of an other-than-temporary impairment of a debt security in earnings and the remaining portion (noncredit portion) in other comprehensive income, net of tax. For held-to-maturity debt securities, the amount of an other-than-temporary impairment recorded in other comprehensive income for the noncredit portion of a previous other-than-temporary impairment is amortized prospectively, as an increase to the carrying amount of the security, over the remaining life of the security on the basis of the timing of future estimated cash flows of the security.

If impairment is determined to be other-than-temporary and the Company intends to sell a debt security or it is more-likely-than-not the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery of its cost basis, it recognizes the entire amount of the other-than-temporary impairment in earnings.

For debt securities with other-than-temporary impairment, the previous amortized cost basis less the other-than-temporary impairment recognized in earnings shall be the new amortized cost basis of the security. In subsequent periods, the Company accretes into interest income the difference between the new amortized cost basis and cash flows expected to be collected prospectively over the life of the debt security.


67



Note 1. Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

Loans Held for Sale
Loans held for sale generally consist of long-term, fixed rate, conforming, single-family residential real estate loans and are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value in the aggregate. Net unrealized losses, if any, are recognized by charges to non-interest income. A sale is recognized when the Company surrenders control of the loan and consideration, is received in exchange. A gain is recognized in non-interest income to the extent the sales price exceeds the carrying value of the sold loan.

Loans Receivable
Loans that are intended to be held-to-maturity are reported at the unpaid principal balance less net charge-offs and adjusted for deferred fees and costs on originated loans and unamortized premiums or discounts on acquired loans. Fees and costs on originated loans and premiums or discounts on acquired loans are deferred and subsequently amortized or accreted as a yield adjustment over the expected life of the loan utilizing the interest method. The objective of the interest method is to calculate periodic interest income at a constant effective yield. When a loan is paid off prior to maturity, the remaining fees and costs on originated loans and premiums or discounts on acquired loans are immediately recognized into interest income.

The Company’s loan segments, which are based on the purpose of the loan, include residential real estate, commercial, and consumer loans. The Company’s loan classes, a further disaggregation of segments, include residential real estate loans (residential real estate segment), commercial real estate and other commercial loans (commercial segment), and home equity and other consumer loans (consumer segment).

Loans that are thirty days or more past due based on payments received and applied to the loan are considered delinquent. Loans are designated non-accrual and the accrual of interest is discontinued when the collection of the contractual principal or interest is unlikely. A loan is typically placed on non-accrual when principal or interest is due and has remained unpaid for ninety days or more. When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, interest previously accrued but not collected is reversed against current period interest income. Subsequent payments on non-accrual loans are applied to the outstanding principal balance if doubt remains as to the ultimate collectability of the loan. Interest accruals are not resumed on partially charged-off impaired loans. For other loans on nonaccrual, interest accruals are resumed on such loans only when they are brought fully current with respect to interest and principal and when, in the judgment of management, the loans are estimated to be fully collectible as to both principal and interest.

The Company considers impaired loans to be the primary credit quality indicator for monitoring the credit quality of the loan portfolio. Loans are designated impaired when, based upon current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement and therefore, the Company has serious doubts as to the ability of such borrowers to fulfill the contractual obligation. Impaired loans include non-performing loans (i.e., non-accrual loans and accruing loans ninety days or more past due) and accruing loans under ninety days past due where it is probable payments will not be received according to the loan agreement (e.g., troubled debt restructuring). Interest income on accruing impaired loans is recognized using the interest method. The Company measures impairment on a loan-by-loan basis in the same manner for each class within the loan portfolio. An insignificant delay or shortfall in the amounts of payments would not cause a loan or lease to be considered impaired. The Company determines the significance of payment delays and shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the facts and circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length and reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest due.

A restructured loan is considered a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”) if the creditor, for economic or legal reasons related to the debtor’s financial difficulties, grants a concession to the debtor that it would not otherwise consider. A TDR loan is considered an impaired loan and a specific valuation allowance is established when the fair value of the collateral-dependent loan or present value of the loan’s expected future cash flows (discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate based on the original contractual rate) is lower than the carrying value of the impaired loan. The Company has made the following types of loan modifications, some of which were considered a TDR:
Reduction of the stated interest rate for the remaining term of the debt;
Extension of the maturity date(s) at a stated rate of interest lower than the current market rate for newly originated debt having similar risk characteristics; and
Reduction of the face amount of the debt as stated in the debt agreements.


68



Note 1. Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

The Company recognizes that while borrowers may experience deterioration in their financial condition, many continue to be creditworthy customers who have the willingness and capacity for debt repayment. In determining whether non-restructured or unimpaired loans issued to a single or related party group of borrowers should continue to accrue interest when the borrower has other loans that are impaired or are TDRs, the Company on a quarterly or more frequent basis performs an updated and comprehensive assessment of the willingness and capacity of the borrowers to timely and ultimately repay their total debt obligations, including contingent obligations. Such analysis takes into account current financial information about the borrowers and financially responsible guarantors, if any, including for example:
analysis of global, i.e., aggregate debt service for total debt obligations;
assessment of the value and security protection of collateral pledged using current market conditions and alternative market assumptions across a variety of potential future situations; and
loan structures and related covenants.

For additional information relating to loans, see Note 4.

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
Based upon management’s analysis of the Company’s loan portfolio, the balance of the ALLL is an estimate of probable credit losses known and inherent within the Bank’s loan portfolio as of the date of the consolidated financial statements. The ALLL is analyzed at the loan class level and is maintained within a range of estimated losses. Determining the adequacy of the ALLL involves a high degree of judgment and is inevitably imprecise as the risk of loss is difficult to quantify. The determination of the ALLL and the related provision for loan losses is a critical accounting estimate that involves management’s judgments about all known relevant internal and external environmental factors that affect loan losses. The balance of the ALLL is highly dependent upon management’s evaluations of borrowers’ current and prospective performance, appraisals and other variables affecting the quality of the loan portfolio. Individually significant loans and major lending areas are reviewed periodically to determine potential problems at an early date. Changes in management’s estimates and assumptions are reasonably possible and may have a material impact upon the Company’s consolidated financial statements, results of operations or capital.

Risk characteristics considered in the ALLL analysis applicable to each loan class within the Company's loan portfolio are as follows:

Residential Real Estate.  Residential real estate loans are secured by owner-occupied 1-4 family residences.  Repayment of these loans is primarily dependent on the personal income and credit rating of the borrowers.  Credit risk in these loans is impacted by economic conditions within the Company’s market areas that affect the value of the property securing the loans and affect the borrowers' personal incomes.  Mitigating risk factors for this loan class include a large number of borrowers, geographic dispersion of market areas and the loans are originated for relatively smaller amounts.

Commercial Real Estate.  Commercial real estate loans typically involve larger principal amounts, and repayment of these loans is generally dependent on the successful operation of the property securing the loan and / or the business conducted on the property securing the loan.  Credit risk in these loans is impacted by the creditworthiness of a borrower, valuation of the property securing the loan and conditions within the local economies in the Company’s diverse, geographic market areas.

Commercial.  Commercial loans consist of loans to commercial customers for use in financing working capital needs, equipment purchases and business expansions.  The loans in this category are repaid primarily from the cash flow of a borrower’s principal business operation.  Credit risk in these loans is driven by creditworthiness of a borrower and the economic conditions that impact the cash flow stability from business operations across the Company’s diverse, geographic market areas. 

Home Equity.  Home equity loans consist of junior lien mortgages and first and junior lien lines of credit (revolving open-end and amortizing closed-end) secured by owner-occupied 1-4 family residences.  Repayment of these loans is primarily dependent on the personal income and credit rating of the borrowers.  Credit risk in these loans is impacted by economic conditions within the Company’s market areas that affect the value of the residential property securing the loans and affect the borrowers' personal incomes.  Mitigating risk factors for this loan class are a large number of borrowers, geographic dispersion of market areas and the loans are originated for terms that range from 10 years to 15 years.

Other Consumer.  The other consumer loan portfolio consists of various short-term loans such as automobile loans and loans for other personal purposes.  Repayment of these loans is primarily dependent on the personal income of the borrowers.  Credit risk is driven by consumer economic factors (such as unemployment and general economic conditions in the Company’s diverse, geographic market area) and the creditworthiness of a borrower.


69



Note 1. Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

The ALLL consists of a specific valuation allowance component and a general valuation allowance component. The specific component relates to loans that are determined to be impaired and individually evaluated for impairment. The Company measures impairment on a loan-by-loan basis based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, except when it is determined that repayment of the loan is expected to be provided solely by the underlying collateral. For impairment based on expected future cash flows, the Company considers all information available as of a measurement date, including past events, current conditions, potential prepayments, and estimated cost to sell when such costs are expected to reduce the cash flows available to repay or otherwise satisfy the loan. For alternative ranges of cash flows, the likelihood of the possible outcomes is considered in determining the best estimate of expected future cash flows. The effective interest rate for a loan restructured in a TDR is based on the original contractual rate. For collateral-dependent loans and real estate loans for which foreclosure or a deed-in-lieu of foreclosure is probable, impairment is measured by the fair value of the collateral, less estimated cost to sell. The fair value of the collateral is determined primarily based upon appraisal or evaluation of the underlying real property value.

The general valuation allowance component relates to probable credit losses inherent in the balance of the loan portfolio based on historical loss experience, adjusted for changes in trends and conditions of qualitative or environmental factors. The historical loss experience is based on the previous twelve quarters loss experience by loan class adjusted for risk characteristics in the existing loan portfolio. The same trends and conditions are evaluated for each class within the loan portfolio; however, the risk characteristics are weighted separately at the individual class level based on the Company’s judgment and experience.

The changes in trends and conditions of certain items include the following:
Changes in lending policies and procedures, including changes in underwriting standards and collection, charge-off, and recovery practices not considered elsewhere in estimating credit losses;
Changes in international, national, regional, and local economic and business conditions and developments that affect the collectability of the portfolio, including the condition of various market segments;
Changes in the nature and volume of the portfolio and in the terms of loans;
Changes in experience, ability, and depth of lending management and other relevant staff;
Changes in the volume and severity of past due and nonaccrual loans;
Changes in the quality of the Company’s loan review system;
Changes in the value of underlying collateral for collateral-dependent loans;
The existence and effect of any concentrations of credit, and changes in the level of such concentrations; and
The effect of other external factors such as competition and legal and regulatory requirements on the level of estimated credit losses in the Company’s existing portfolio.

The ALLL is increased by provisions for loan losses which are charged to expense. The portions of loan balances determined by management to be uncollectible are charged-off as a reduction of the ALLL and recoveries of amounts previously charged-off are credited as an increase to the ALLL. The Company’s charge-off policy is consistent with bank regulatory standards. Consumer loans generally are charged off when the loan becomes over 120 days delinquent. Real estate acquired as a result of foreclosure or by deed-in-lieu of foreclosure is classified as real estate owned until such time as it is sold.

At acquisition date, the assets and liabilities of acquired banks are recorded at their estimated fair values which results in no ALLL carried over from acquired banks. Subsequent to acquisition, an allowance will be recorded on the acquired loan portfolios for further credit deterioration, if any.
  
Premises and Equipment
Premises and equipment are accounted for at cost less depreciation. Depreciation is computed on a straight-line method over the estimated useful lives or the term of the related lease. The estimated useful life for office buildings is 15 - 40 years and the estimated useful life for furniture, fixtures, and equipment is 3 - 10 years. Interest is capitalized for any significant building projects. For additional information relating to premises and equipment, see Note 5.

Leases
The Company leases certain land, premises and equipment from third parties under operating and capital leases. The lease payments for operating lease agreements are recognized on a straight-line basis. The present value of the future minimum rental payments for capital leases is recognized as an asset when the lease is formed. Lease improvements incurred at the inception of the lease are recorded as an asset and depreciated over the initial term of the lease and lease improvements incurred subsequently are depreciated over the remaining term of the lease. For additional information relating to leases, see Note 5.


70



Note 1. Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

Other Real Estate Owned
Property acquired by foreclosure or deed-in-lieu of foreclosure is initially recorded at fair value, less estimated selling cost, at acquisition date (i.e., cost of the property). Fair value is determined as the amount that could be reasonably expected in a current sale between a willing buyer and a willing seller in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Subsequent to the initial acquisition, if the fair value of the asset, less estimated selling cost, is less than the cost of the property, a loss is recognized in other expense and the asset carrying value is reduced. Gain or loss on disposition of other real estate owned (“OREO”) is recorded in non-interest income or non-interest expense, respectively. In determining the fair value of the properties on the date of transfer and any subsequent estimated losses of net realizable value, the fair value of other real estate acquired by foreclosure or deed-in-lieu of foreclosure is determined primarily based upon appraisal or evaluation of the underlying property value.

Long-lived Assets
Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. An asset is deemed impaired if the sum of the expected future cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset. If impaired, an impairment loss is recognized in other expense to reduce the carrying value of the asset to fair value. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, no long-lived assets were considered impaired.

Business Combinations and Intangible Assets
Acquisition accounting requires the total purchase price to be allocated to the estimated fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including certain intangible assets. Goodwill is recorded if the purchase price exceeds the net fair value of assets acquired and a bargain purchase gain is recorded in other income if the net fair value of assets acquired exceeds the purchase price.

Adjustment of the allocated purchase price may be related to fair value estimates for which all information has not been obtained of the acquired entity known or discovered during the allocation period, the period of time required to identify and measure the fair values of the assets and liabilities acquired in the business combination. The allocation period is generally limited to one year following consummation of a business combination.

Core deposit intangible represents the intangible value of depositor relationships resulting from deposit liabilities assumed in acquisitions and is amortized using an accelerated method based on an estimated runoff of the related deposits. The core deposit intangible is evaluated for impairment and recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that its carrying amount may not be recoverable, with any changes in estimated useful life accounted for prospectively over the revised remaining life. For additional information relating to core deposit intangibles, see Note 6.

The Company tests goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level annually during the third quarter. The Company has identified that each of the bank divisions are reporting units (i.e., components of the Glacier Bank operating segment) given that each division has a separate management team that regularly reviews its respective division financial information; however, the reporting units are aggregated into a single reporting unit due to the reporting units having similar economic characteristics.

The goodwill of a reporting unit is tested for impairment between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more-likely-than not reduce the fair value of a reporting units below its carrying amount. Examples of events and circumstances that could trigger the need for interim impairment testing include:
A significant change in legal factors or in the business climate;
An adverse action or assessment by a regulator;
Unanticipated competition;
A loss of key personnel;
A more-likely-than-not expectation that a reporting unit or a significant portion of a reporting unit will be sold or otherwise disposed of; and
The testing for recoverability of a significant asset group within a reporting unit.


71



Note 1. Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

For the goodwill impairment assessment, the Company has the option, prior to the two-step process, to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more-likely-than-not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. The Company opted to bypass the qualitative assessment for its 2013 and 2012 annual goodwill impairment testing and proceed directly to the two-step goodwill impairment test. The goodwill impairment two-step process requires the Company to make assumptions and judgments regarding fair value. In the first step, the Company calculates an implied fair value based on a control premium analysis. If the implied fair value is less than the carrying value, the second step is completed to compute the impairment amount, if any, by determining the “implied fair value” of goodwill. This determination requires the allocation of the estimated fair value of the reporting units to the assets and liabilities of the reporting units. Any remaining unallocated fair value represents the “implied fair value” of goodwill, which is compared to the corresponding carrying value of goodwill to compute impairment, if any.

For additional information relating to goodwill, see Note 6.

Non-Marketable Equity Securities
Non-marketable equity securities primarily consists of Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) stock. FHLB stock is restricted because such stock may only be sold to FHLB at its par value. Due to restrictive terms, and the lack of a readily determinable market value, FHLB stock is carried at cost. The investments in FHLB stock are required investments related to the Company’s borrowings from FHLB. FHLB obtains its funding primarily through issuance of consolidated obligations of the FHLB system. The U.S. government does not guarantee these obligations, and each of the regional FHLBs are jointly and severally liable for repayment of each other’s debt.

Derivatives and Hedging Activities
For asset and liability management purposes, the Company has entered into interest rate swap agreements to hedge against changes in forecasted cash flows due to interest rate exposures. The interest rate swaps are recognized as assets or liabilities on the Company’s statements of financial condition and measured at fair value. Fair value estimates are obtained from third parties and are based on pricing models. The Company does not enter into interest rate swap agreements for trading or speculative purposes.

The Company takes into account the impact of bilateral collateral and master netting agreements that allows the Company to settle all interest rate swap agreements held with a single counterparty on a net basis, and to offset the net interest rate swap derivative position with the related collateral when recognizing interest rate swap derivative assets and liabilities.

Interest rate swaps are contracts in which a series of interest payments are exchanged over a prescribed period. The notional amount upon which the interest payments are based is not exchanged. The swap agreements are derivative instruments and convert a portion of the Company’s forecasted variable rate debt to a fixed rate (i.e., cash flow hedge). The effective portion of the gain or loss on the cash flow hedging instruments is initially reported as a component of other comprehensive income and subsequently reclassified into earnings in the same period during which the transaction affects earnings. The ineffective portion of the gain or loss on derivative instruments, if any, is recognized in earnings. The Company currently has cash flow hedges of which no portion is ineffective.

Interest rate derivative financial instruments receive hedge accounting treatment only if they are designated as a hedge and are expected to be, and are, effective in substantially reducing interest rate risk arising from the assets and liabilities identified as exposing the Company to risk. Derivative financial instruments that do not meet specified hedging criteria are recorded at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in income. The Company’s interest rate swaps are considered highly effective and currently meet the hedging accounting criteria.

Cash flows resulting from the interest rate derivative financial instruments that are accounted for as hedges of assets and liabilities are classified in the Company’s cash flow statement in the same category as the cash flows of the items being hedged. For additional information relating to interest rate swap agreements, see Note 11.

Comprehensive Income
Comprehensive income consists of net income and other comprehensive income. Other comprehensive income includes unrealized gains and losses, net of tax effect, on available-for-sale securities and unrealized gains and losses, net of tax effect, on derivatives used for cash flow hedges.

Advertising and Promotion
Advertising and promotion costs are recognized in the period incurred.


72



Note 1. Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

Income Taxes
The Company’s income tax expense consists of current and deferred income tax expense. Current income tax expense reflects taxes to be paid or refunded for the current period by applying the provisions of enacted tax law to earnings or losses. Deferred income tax expense results from changes in deferred assets and liabilities between periods.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for estimated future income tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in income tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance, if based on the weight of available evidence, it is more-likely-than-not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The term more-likely-than-not means a likelihood of more than fifty percent. The recognition threshold considers the facts, circumstances, and information available at the reporting date and is subject to the Company’s judgment. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, the Company considers both positive and negative evidence. For additional information relating to income taxes, see Note 14.

Earnings Per Share
Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period presented. Diluted earnings per share is computed by including the net increase in shares as if dilutive outstanding stock options were exercised, using the treasury stock method. For additional information relating to earnings per share, see Note 15.

Stock-based Compensation
Stock-based compensation awards granted, comprised of stock options and restricted stock awards, are valued at fair value and compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line basis, net of estimated forfeitures, over the requisite service period of each award. For additional information relating to stock-based compensation, see Note 17.

Reclassifications
Certain reclassifications have been made to the 2012 and 2011 financial statements to conform to the 2013 presentation.

Impact of Recent Authoritative Accounting Guidance
The Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) is the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (“FASB”) officially recognized source of authoritative GAAP applicable to all public and non-public non-governmental entities. Rules and interpretive releases of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) under the authority of the federal securities laws are also sources of authoritative GAAP for the Company as an SEC registrant. All other accounting literature is non-authoritative.

In January 2014, FASB amended FASB ASC Subtopic 310-40, Receivables - Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors. The amendment clarifies that an in substance repossession foreclosure occurs when a creditor is considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan, upon either 1) the creditor obtaining legal title to the residential real estate property upon completion of a foreclosure or 2) the borrower conveying all interest in the residential real estate property to the creditor to satisfy that loan through completion of a deed in lieu of foreclosure or through a similar legal agreement. Additionally, the amendment requires interim and annual disclosure of both 1) the amount of foreclosed residential real estate property held by the creditor and 2) the recorded investment in consumer mortgage loans collateralized by residential real estate property that are in the process of foreclosure according to local requirements of the applicable jurisdiction. The amendment is effective for public business entities for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2014. An entity can elect to adopt the amendments using either a modified retrospective transition method or a prospective transition method as defined in the amendment. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this amendment, but does not expect it to have a material effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

In January 2014, FASB amended FASB ASC Topic 323, Investments - Equity Method and Joint Ventures. The amendments permit entities to make an accounting policy election for their investments in qualified affordable housing projects using the proportional amortization method if certain conditions are met. Under the proportional amortization method, an entity amortizes the initial cost of the investment in proportion to the tax credits and other tax benefits received and recognizes the net investment performance in the income statement as a component of income tax expense. The amendments should be applied retrospectively to all periods presented and are effective for public business entities for annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2014. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of the amendments, but does not expect them to have a material effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

73



Note 1. Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

In June 2011, FASB amended FASB ASC Topic 220, Comprehensive Income. The amendment provides an entity the option to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement or in two separate but consecutive statements. Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2011-12, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220) deferred the specific requirement of the amendment to present items that are reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income to net income separately with their respective components of net income and other comprehensive income. The amendments were effective retrospectively during interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. ASU No. 2013-2, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220) reversed the deferment of ASU 2011-12 and will be effective prospectively for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012 and early adoption is permitted. The Company early adopted ASU No. 2013-2 as of December 31, 2012. The Company has evaluated the impact of the adoption of these amendments and determined there was not a material effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

Note 2. Cash on Hand and in Banks

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, cash on hand and in banks primarily consisted of cash on hand and cash items in process. The Bank is required to maintain an average reserve balance with either the Federal Reserve Bank (“FRB”) or in the form of cash on hand. The required reserve balance at December 31, 2013 was $20,011,000.

Note 3. Investment Securities, Available-for-Sale

A comparison of the amortized cost and estimated fair value of the Company’s investment securities designated as available-for-sale is presented below.
 
 
December 31, 2013
 
Weighted
 
Amortized
 
Gross Unrealized
 
Fair
(Dollars in thousands)
Yield
 
Cost
 
Gains
 
Losses
 
Value
U.S. government sponsored enterprises
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Maturing after one year through five years
2.32
%
 
$
10,405

 
187

 

 
10,592

Maturing after five years through ten years
2.00
%
 
36

 

 

 
36

 
2.32
%
 
10,441

 
187

 

 
10,628

State and local governments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Maturing within one year
2.22
%
 
5,964

 
57

 

 
6,021

Maturing after one year through five years
2.06
%
 
174,826

 
3,486

 
(448
)
 
177,864

Maturing after five years through ten years
3.21
%
 
58,835

 
831

 
(1,040
)
 
58,626

Maturing after ten years
4.41
%
 
1,137,722

 
27,247

 
(22,402
)
 
1,142,567

 
4.06
%
 
1,377,347

 
31,621

 
(23,890
)
 
1,385,078

Corporate bonds
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Maturing within one year
2.17
%
 
91,687

 
719

 

 
92,406

Maturing after one year through five years
2.09
%
 
341,799

 
3,203

 
(1,676
)
 
343,326

Maturing after five years through ten years
2.23
%
 
6,851

 

 
(82
)
 
6,769

 
2.11
%
 
440,337

 
3,922

 
(1,758
)
 
442,501

Residential mortgage-backed securities
2.48
%
 
1,380,816

 
14,071

 
(10,265
)
 
1,384,622

Total investment securities
3.10
%
 
$
3,208,941

 
49,801

 
(35,913
)
 
3,222,829


74



Note 3. Investment Securities, Available-for-Sale (continued)

 
December 31, 2012
 
Weighted
 
Amortized
 
Gross Unrealized
 
Fair
(Dollars in thousands)
Yield
 
Cost
 
Gains
 
Losses
 
Value
U.S. government and federal agency
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Maturing within one year
1.62
%
 
$
201

 
1

 

 
202

U.S. government sponsored enterprises
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Maturing after one year through five years
2.30
%
 
17,064

 
371

 

 
17,435

Maturing after five years through ten years
2.03
%
 
44

 
1

 

 
45

 
2.29
%
 
17,108

 
372

 

 
17,480

State and local governments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Maturing within one year
2.01
%
 
4,288

 
28

 
(2
)
 
4,314

Maturing after one year through five years
2.11
%
 
149,497

 
4,142

 
(142
)
 
153,497

Maturing after five years through ten years
2.95
%
 
38,346

 
1,102

 
(99
)
 
39,349

Maturing after ten years
4.70
%
 
935,897

 
82,823

 
(1,362
)
 
1,017,358

 
4.29
%
 
1,128,028

 
88,095

 
(1,605
)
 
1,214,518

Corporate bonds
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Maturing within one year
1.73
%
 
18,412

 
51

 

 
18,463

Maturing after one year through five years
2.22
%
 
250,027

 
4,018

 
(238
)
 
253,807

Maturing after five years through ten years
2.23
%
 
16,144

 
381

 

 
16,525

 
2.19
%
 
284,583

 
4,450

 
(238
)
 
288,795

Collateralized debt obligations
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Maturing after ten years
8.03
%
 
1,708

 

 

 
1,708

Residential mortgage-backed securities
1.95
%
 
2,156,049

 
8,860

 
(4,607
)
 
2,160,302

Total investment securities
2.71
%
 
$
3,587,677

 
101,778

 
(6,450
)
 
3,683,005


Included in the residential mortgage-backed securities are $2,602,000 and $46,733,000 as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, of non-guaranteed private label whole loan mortgage-backed securities of which none of the underlying collateral is considered “subprime.”

Maturities of securities do not reflect repricing opportunities present in adjustable rate securities, nor do they reflect expected shorter maturities based upon early prepayment of principal. Weighted-average yields are based on the interest method taking into account premium amortization, discount accretion and mortgage-backed securities’ prepayment provisions. Weighted-average yields on tax-exempt investment securities exclude the federal income tax benefit.

Effective January 1, 2014, the Company reclassified obligations of state and local government securities with a fair value of approximately $484,583,000, inclusive of a net unrealized gain of $4,624,000, from AFS classification to HTM classification. The reclassification changed the allocation of the Company’s entire investment securities portfolio from 100 percent AFS to approximately 85 percent AFS and 15 percent HTM.

75



Note 3. Investment Securities, Available-for-Sale (continued)

The cost of each investment sold is determined by specific identification. Gain or loss on sale of investments consists of the following: 

 
Years ended
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31,
2013
 
December 31,
2012
 
December 31,
2011
Gross proceeds
$
181,971

 

 
18,916

Less amortized cost
(182,270
)
 

 
(18,570
)
Net (loss) gain on sale of investments
$
(299
)
 

 
346

Gross gain on sale of investments
$
3,723

 

 
1,048

Gross loss on sale of investments
(4,022
)
 

 
(702
)
Net (loss) gain on sale of investments
$
(299
)
 

 
346


At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had investment securities with fair values of $1,635,316,000 and $1,525,400,000, respectively, pledged as collateral for FHLB advances, FRB discount window borrowings, securities sold under agreements to repurchase (“repurchase agreements”), interest rate swap agreements and deposits of several local government units.

Investments with an unrealized loss position are summarized as follows:
 
 
December 31, 2013
 
Less than 12 Months
 
12 Months or More
 
Total
(Dollars in thousands)
Fair
Value
 
Unrealized
Loss
 
Fair
Value
 
Unrealized
Loss
 
Fair
Value
 
Unrealized
Loss
U.S. government sponsored enterprises
$
3

 

 

 

 
3

 

State and local governments
408,812

 
(17,838
)
 
74,161

 
(6,052
)
 
482,973

 
(23,890
)
Corporate bonds
129,515

 
(1,672
)
 
1,702

 
(86
)
 
131,217

 
(1,758
)
Residential mortgage-backed securities
457,611

 
(10,226
)
 
1,993

 
(39
)
 
459,604

 
(10,265
)
Total temporarily impaired securities
$
995,941

 
(29,736
)
 
77,856

 
(6,177
)
 
1,073,797

 
(35,913
)
 
 
December 31, 2012
 
Less than 12 Months
 
12 Months or More
 
Total
(Dollars in thousands)
Fair
Value
 
Unrealized
Loss
 
Fair
Value
 
Unrealized
Loss
 
Fair
Value
 
Unrealized
Loss
State and local governments
$
102,896

 
(1,531
)
 
4,533

 
(74
)
 
107,429

 
(1,605
)
Corporate bonds
41,856

 
(238
)
 

 

 
41,856

 
(238
)
Residential mortgage-backed securities
955,235

 
(4,041
)
 
62,905

 
(566
)
 
1,018,140

 
(4,607
)
Total temporarily impaired securities
$
1,099,987

 
(5,810
)
 
67,438

 
(640
)
 
1,167,425

 
(6,450
)

Based on an analysis of its investment securities with unrealized losses as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company determined that none of such securities had other-than-temporary impairment and the unrealized losses were primarily the result of interest rate changes and market spreads subsequent to acquisition. The fair value of the debt securities is expected to recover as payments are received and the securities approach maturity. At December 31, 2013, management determined that it did not intend to sell investment securities with unrealized losses, and there was no expected requirement to sell any of its investment securities with unrealized losses before recovery of their amortized cost.


76



Note 4. Loans Receivable, Net

The Company’s loan portfolio is comprised of three segments: residential real estate, commercial and consumer and other loans. The loan portfolio is managed at the class level which is comprised of the following classes: residential real estate, commercial real estate, other commercial, home equity and other consumer loans. The following tables are presented for each portfolio class of loans receivable and provide information about the ALLL, loans receivable, impaired loans and TDRs.

The following schedules summarize the activity in the ALLL:

 
Year ended December 31, 2013
(Dollars in thousands)
Total
 
Residential
Real Estate
 
Commercial
Real Estate
 
Other
Commercial
 
Home
Equity
 
Other
Consumer
Allowance for loan and lease losses
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
$
130,854

 
15,482

 
74,398

 
21,567

 
10,659

 
8,748

Provision for loan losses
6,887

 
(921
)
 
(3,670
)
 
10,271

 
868

 
339

Charge-offs
(13,643
)
 
(793
)
 
(3,736
)
 
(4,671
)
 
(2,594
)
 
(1,849
)
Recoveries
6,253

 
299

 
3,340

 
1,463

 
366

 
785

Balance at end of period
$
130,351

 
14,067

 
70,332

 
28,630

 
9,299

 
8,023

 
 
Year ended December 31, 2012
(Dollars in thousands)
Total
 
Residential
Real Estate
 
Commercial
Real Estate
 
Other
Commercial
 
Home
Equity
 
Other
Consumer
Allowance for loan and lease losses
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
$
137,516

 
17,227

 
76,920

 
20,833

 
13,616

 
8,920

Provision for loan losses
21,525

 
2,879

 
11,012

 
4,690

 
324

 
2,620

Charge-offs
(34,672
)
 
(5,267
)
 
(16,339
)
 
(5,239
)
 
(4,369
)
 
(3,458
)
Recoveries
6,485

 
643

 
2,805

 
1,283

 
1,088

 
666

Balance at end of period
$
130,854

 
15,482

 
74,398

 
21,567

 
10,659

 
8,748


 
Year ended December 31, 2011
(Dollars in thousands)
Total
 
Residential
Real Estate
 
Commercial
Real Estate
 
Other
Commercial
 
Home
Equity
 
Other
Consumer
Allowance for loan and lease losses
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
$
137,107

 
20,957

 
76,147

 
19,932

 
13,334

 
6,737

Provision for loan losses
64,500

 
1,455

 
39,563

 
10,709

 
4,450

 
8,323

Charge-offs
(69,366
)
 
(5,671
)
 
(42,042
)
 
(10,386
)
 
(4,644
)
 
(6,623
)
Recoveries
5,275

 
486

 
3,252

 
578

 
476

 
483

Balance at end of period
$
137,516

 
17,227

 
76,920

 
20,833

 
13,616

 
8,920



77



Note 4. Loans Receivable, Net (continued)

The following schedules disclose the ALLL and loans receivable:
 
 
December 31, 2013
(Dollars in thousands)
Total
 
Residential
Real Estate
 
Commercial
Real Estate
 
Other
Commercial
 
Home
Equity
 
Other
Consumer
Allowance for loan and lease losses
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Individually evaluated for impairment
$
11,949

 
990

 
3,763

 
6,155

 
265

 
776

Collectively evaluated for impairment
118,402

 
13,077

 
66,569

 
22,475

 
9,034

 
7,247

Total allowance for loan and lease losses
$
130,351

 
14,067

 
70,332

 
28,630

 
9,299

 
8,023

Loans receivable
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Individually evaluated for impairment
$
199,680

 
24,070

 
119,526

 
41,504

 
9,039

 
5,541

Collectively evaluated for impairment
3,863,158

 
553,519

 
1,929,721

 
810,532

 
357,426

 
211,960

Total loans receivable
$
4,062,838

 
577,589

 
2,049,247

 
852,036

 
366,465

 
217,501

 
 
December 31, 2012
(Dollars in thousands)
Total
 
Residential
Real Estate
 
Commercial
Real Estate
 
Other
Commercial
 
Home
Equity
 
Other
Consumer
Allowance for loan and lease losses
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Individually evaluated for impairment
$
15,534

 
1,680

 
7,716

 
3,859

 
870

 
1,409

Collectively evaluated for impairment
115,320

 
13,802

 
66,682

 
17,708

 
9,789

 
7,339

Total allowance for loan and lease losses
$
130,854

 
15,482

 
74,398

 
21,567

 
10,659

 
8,748

Loans receivable
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Individually evaluated for impairment
$
201,735

 
25,862

 
125,282

 
33,593

 
11,074

 
5,924

Collectively evaluated for impairment
3,195,690

 
490,605

 
1,530,226

 
589,804

 
392,851

 
192,204

Total loans receivable
$
3,397,425

 
516,467

 
1,655,508

 
623,397

 
403,925

 
198,128


Substantially all of the Company’s loans receivable are with customers in the Company’s geographic market areas. Although the Company has a diversified loan portfolio, a substantial portion of its customers’ ability to honor their obligations is dependent upon the economic performance in the Company’s market areas. The Company is subject to regulatory limits for the amount of loans to any individual borrower and the Company is in compliance with this regulation as of December 31, 2013 and 2012. No borrower had outstanding loans or commitments exceeding 10 percent of the Company’s consolidated stockholders’ equity as of December 31, 2013.

Net deferred fees, costs, premiums and discounts of $10,662,000 and $1,379,000 were included in the loans receivable balance at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The increase in net deferred fees, costs, premiums and discounts from the prior year was primarily due to the acquisitions of Wheatland and NCBI. For additional information relating to acquisitions, see Note 22. At December 31, 2013, the Company had $2,566,042,000 in variable rate loans and $1,496,796,000 in fixed rate loans. The weighted-average interest rate on loans was 5.04 percent and 5.33 percent at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. At December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, loans sold and serviced for others were $148,376,000, $116,439,000, and $160,465,000, respectively. At December 31, 2013, the Company had loans of $2,579,874,000 pledged as collateral for FHLB advances and FRB discount window. There were no significant purchases or sales of loans designated held-to-maturity during 2013 and 2012.

The Company has entered into transactions with its executive officers and directors and their affiliates. The aggregate amount of loans outstanding to such related parties at December 31, 2013 and 2012 was $35,224,000 and $33,869,000, respectively. During 2013, new loans to such related parties were $4,311,000 and repayments were $2,956,000. In management’s opinion, such loans were made in the ordinary course of business and were made on substantially the same terms as those prevailing at the time for comparable transaction with other persons.


78



Note 4. Loans Receivable, Net (continued)

The following schedules disclose the impaired loans:
 
 
At or for the Year ended December 31, 2013
(Dollars in thousands)
Total
 
Residential
Real Estate
 
Commercial
Real Estate
 
Other
Commercial
 
Home
Equity
 
Other
Consumer
Loans with a specific valuation allowance
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Recorded balance
$
61,503

 
7,233

 
23,917

 
27,015

 
886

 
2,452

Unpaid principal balance
63,406

 
7,394

 
25,331

 
27,238

 
949

 
2,494

Specific valuation allowance
11,949

 
990

 
3,763

 
6,155

 
265

 
776

Average balance
59,823

 
7,237

 
26,105

 
22,460

 
767

 
3,254

Loans without a specific valuation allowance
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Recorded balance
$
138,177

 
16,837

 
95,609

 
14,489

 
8,153

 
3,089

Unpaid principal balance
169,082

 
18,033

 
119,017

 
19,156

 
9,631

 
3,245

Average balance
139,129

 
18,103

 
95,808

 
14,106

 
8,844

 
2,268

Totals
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Recorded balance
$
199,680

 
24,070

 
119,526

 
41,504

 
9,039

 
5,541

Unpaid principal balance
232,488

 
25,427

 
144,348

 
46,394

 
10,580

 
5,739

Specific valuation allowance
11,949

 
990

 
3,763

 
6,155

 
265

 
776

Average balance
198,952

 
25,340

 
121,913

 
36,566

 
9,611

 
5,522


 
At or for the Year ended December 31, 2012
(Dollars in thousands)
Total
 
Residential
Real Estate
 
Commercial
Real Estate
 
Other
Commercial
 
Home
Equity
 
Other
Consumer
Loans with a specific valuation allowance
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Recorded balance
$
62,759

 
7,334

 
29,595

 
21,205

 
1,354

 
3,271

Unpaid principal balance
70,261

 
7,459

 
36,887

 
21,278

 
1,362

 
3,275

Specific valuation allowance
15,534

 
1,680

 
7,716

 
3,859

 
870

 
1,409

Average balance
76,656

 
12,797

 
36,164

 
22,665

 
1,390

 
3,640

Loans without a specific valuation allowance
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Recorded balance
$
138,976

 
18,528

 
95,687

 
12,388

 
9,720

 
2,653

Unpaid principal balance
149,412

 
19,613

 
102,798

 
14,318

 
9,965

 
2,718

Average balance
162,505

 
16,034

 
111,554

 
19,733

 
11,993

 
3,191

Totals
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Recorded balance
$
201,735

 
25,862

 
125,282

 
33,593

 
11,074

 
5,924

Unpaid principal balance
219,673

 
27,072

 
139,685

 
35,596

 
11,327

 
5,993

Specific valuation allowance
15,534

 
1,680

 
7,716

 
3,859

 
870

 
1,409

Average balance
239,161

 
28,831

 
147,718

 
42,398

 
13,383

 
6,831


Interest income recognized on impaired loans for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 was not significant.


79



Note 4. Loans Receivable, Net (continued)

The following is a loans receivable aging analysis:
 
 
December 31, 2013
(Dollars in thousands)
Total
 
Residential
Real Estate
 
Commercial
Real Estate
 
Other
Commercial
 
Home
Equity
 
Other
Consumer
Accruing loans 30-59 days past due
$
25,761

 
10,367

 
7,016

 
3,673

 
2,432

 
2,273

Accruing loans 60-89 days past due
6,355

 
1,055

 
2,709

 
1,421

 
668

 
502

Accruing loans 90 days or more past due
604

 
429

 

 
160

 
5

 
10

Non-accrual loans
81,956

 
10,702

 
51,438

 
10,139

 
7,950

 
1,727

Total past due and non-accrual loans
114,676

 
22,553

 
61,163

 
15,393

 
11,055

 
4,512

Current loans receivable
3,948,162

 
555,036

 
1,988,084

 
836,643

 
355,410

 
212,989

Total loans receivable
$
4,062,838

 
577,589

 
2,049,247

 
852,036

 
366,465

 
217,501

 
 
December 31, 2012
(Dollars in thousands)
Total
 
Residential
Real Estate
 
Commercial
Real Estate
 
Other
Commercial
 
Home
Equity
 
Other
Consumer
Accruing loans 30-59 days past due
$
17,454

 
3,897

 
7,424

 
2,020

 
2,872

 
1,241

Accruing loans 60-89 days past due
9,643

 
1,870

 
3,745

 
645

 
2,980

 
403

Accruing loans 90 days or more past due
1,479

 
451

 
594

 
197

 
188

 
49

Non-accrual loans
96,933

 
14,237

 
55,687

 
13,200

 
11,241

 
2,568

Total past due and non-accrual loans
125,509

 
20,455

 
67,450

 
16,062

 
17,281

 
4,261

Current loans receivable
3,271,916

 
496,012

 
1,588,058

 
607,335

 
386,644

 
193,867

Total loans receivable
$
3,397,425

 
516,467

 
1,655,508

 
623,397

 
403,925

 
198,128


Interest income that would have been recorded on non-accrual loans if such loans had been current for the entire period would have been approximately $4,122,000, $5,161,000, and $7,441,000 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

The following is a summary of the TDRs that occurred during the periods presented and the TDRs that occurred within the previous twelve months that subsequently defaulted during the periods presented:
 
 
Year ended December 31, 2013
(Dollars in thousands)
Total
 
Residential
Real Estate
 
Commercial
Real Estate
 
Other
Commercial
 
Home
Equity
 
Other
Consumer
Troubled debt restructurings
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Number of loans
63

 
9

 
21

 
23

 
2

 
8

Pre-modification recorded balance
$
29,046

 
1,907

 
20,334

 
6,087

 
147

 
571

Post-modification recorded balance
$
29,359

 
2,293

 
20,334

 
6,087

 
147

 
498

Troubled debt restructurings that subsequently defaulted
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Number of loans
5

 
1

 
1

 
3

 

 

Recorded balance
$
849

 
265

 
79

 
505

 

 








80



Note 4. Loans Receivable, Net (continued)

 
Year ended December 31, 2012
(Dollars in thousands)
Total
 
Residential
Real Estate
 
Commercial
Real Estate
 
Other
Commercial
 
Home
Equity
 
Other
Consumer
Troubled debt restructurings
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Number of loans
198

 
11

 
85

 
75

 
10

 
17

Pre-modification recorded balance
$
90,747

 
2,280

 
57,382

 
28,639

 
1,358

 
1,088

Post-modification recorded balance
$
89,558

 
2,281

 
56,120

 
28,711

 
1,358

 
1,088

Troubled debt restructurings that subsequently defaulted
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Number of loans
14

 

 
4

 
6

 
3

 
1

Recorded balance
$
8,304

 

 
6,192

 
1,753

 
301

 
58


 
Year ended December 31, 2011
(Dollars in thousands)
Total
 
Residential
Real Estate
 
Commercial
Real Estate
 
Other
Commercial
 
Home
Equity
 
Other
Consumer
Troubled debt restructurings
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Number of loans
338

 
20

 
120

 
149

 
22

 
27

Pre-modification recorded balance
$
158,295

 
13,500

 
109,593

 
20,446

 
9,198

 
5,558

Post-modification recorded balance
$
155,827

 
13,452

 
107,778

 
20,434

 
9,200

 
4,963

Troubled debt restructurings that subsequently defaulted
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Number of loans
66

 
4

 
29

 
22

 
7

 
4

Recorded balance
$
41,236

 
2,291

 
32,615

 
2,718

 
3,202

 
410


For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 the majority of TDRs occurring in most loan classes was a result of an extension of the maturity date which aggregated 71 percent, 49 percent and 58 percent, respectively, of total TDRs. For commercial real estate, the class with the largest dollar amount of TDRs, approximately 87 percent, 36 percent and 56 percent, respectively, was a result of an extension of the maturity date and 9 percent, 30 percent and 31 percent, respectively, was due to a combination of an interest rate reduction, extension of the maturity date, or reduction in the face amount.

In addition to the TDRs that occurred during the period provided in the preceding table, the Company had TDRs with pre-modification loan balances of $18,345,000, $39,769,000 and $96,528,000 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, for which OREO was received in full or partial satisfaction of the loans. The majority of such TDRs for all years was in commercial real estate.

There were $2,024,000 and $4,534,000 of additional unfunded commitments on TDRs outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The amount of charge-offs on TDRs during 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $1,945,000, $6,271,000 and $8,792,000, respectively.


81



Note 5. Premises and Equipment

Premises and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation, consist of the following at:
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
Land
$
27,260

 
25,027

Office buildings and construction in progress
159,391

 
153,340

Furniture, fixtures and equipment
66,375

 
63,467

Leasehold improvements
7,589

 
7,393

Accumulated depreciation
(92,944
)
 
(90,238
)
Net premises and equipment
$
167,671

 
158,989


Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 was $10,485,000, $10,615,000, and $10,443,000, respectively.

The Company leases certain land, premises and equipment from third parties under operating and capital leases. Total rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 was $2,912,000, $2,868,000, and $3,239,000, respectively. Amortization of building capital lease assets is included in depreciation. The Company has entered into lease transactions with related parties. Rent expense with such related parties for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 was $142,000, $410,000, and $937,000. The decrease in the related party rent expense from the prior years was due to combining the bank subsidiaries in 2012, which resulted in a decrease in the number of related parties.

The total future minimum rental commitments required under operating and capital leases that have initial or remaining noncancelable lease terms in excess of one year at December 31, 2013 are as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
Capital
Leases
 
Operating
Leases
 
Total
Years ending December 31,
 
 
 
 
 
2014
$
828

 
2,297

 
3,125

2015
195

 
2,120

 
2,315

2016
197

 
1,879

 
2,076

2017
200

 
1,577

 
1,777

2018
203

 
1,375

 
1,578

Thereafter
546

 
2,900

 
3,446

Total minimum lease payments
2,169

 
12,148

 
14,317

Less: Amount representing interest
479

 
 
 
 
Present value of minimum lease payments
1,690

 
 
 
 
Less: Current portion of obligations under capital leases
708

 
 
 
 
Long-term portion of obligations under capital leases
$
982

 
 
 
 


82



Note 6. Other Intangible Assets and Goodwill

The following table sets forth information regarding the Company’s core deposit intangibles:

 
At or for the Years ended
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31,
2013
 
December 31,
2012
 
December 31,
2011
Gross carrying value
$
27,857

 
22,404

 
28,248

Accumulated amortization
(18,345
)
 
(16,230
)
 
(19,964
)
Net carrying value
$
9,512

 
6,174

 
8,284

Aggregate amortization expense
$
2,401

 
2,110

 
2,473

Weighted-average amortization period
 
 
 
 
 
(Period in years)
9.5

 
 
 
 
Estimated amortization expense for the years ending December 31,
 
 
 
 
 
2014
$
2,650

 
 
 
 
2015
2,198

 
 
 
 
2016
1,700

 
 
 
 
2017
828

 
 
 
 
2018
430

 
 
 
 

Core deposit intangibles increased $5,739,000 during 2013 due to the acquisitions of Wheatland and NCBI. For additional information relating to acquisitions, see Note 22.

The following schedule discloses the changes in the carrying value of goodwill:

 
Years ended
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31,
2013
 
December 31,
2012
 
December 31,
2011
Net carrying value at beginning of period
$
106,100

 
106,100

 
146,259

Acquisitions
23,606

 

 

Impairment charge

 

 
(40,159
)
Net carrying value at end of period
$
129,706

 
106,100

 
106,100

 
The gross carrying value of goodwill and the accumulated impairment charge consists of the following:

(Dollars in thousands)
December 31,
2013
 
December 31,
2012
 
 
Gross carrying value
$
169,865

 
146,259

 
 
Accumulated impairment charge
(40,159
)
 
(40,159
)
 
 
Net carrying value
$
129,706

 
106,100

 
 


83



Note 6. Other Intangible Assets and Goodwill (continued)

The Company’s first step in evaluating goodwill for possible impairment is a control premium analysis. The analysis first calculates the market capitalization and then adjusts such value for a control premium range which results in an implied fair value. The control premium range is determined based on historical control premiums for acquisitions that are comparable to the Company and is obtained from an independent third party. The calculated implied fair value is then compared to the book value to determine whether the Company needs to proceed to step two of the goodwill impairment assessment. The Company performed its annual goodwill impairment test during the third quarter of 2013 and determined the fair value of the aggregated reporting units exceeded the carrying value, such that the Company’s goodwill was not considered impaired. In recognition there were no events or circumstances that occurred during the fourth quarter of 2013 that would more-likely-than-not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying value, the Company did not perform interim testing at December 31, 2013. However, changes in the economic environment, operations of the aggregated reporting units, or other factors could result in the decline in the fair value of the aggregated reporting units which could result in a goodwill impairment in the future. Due to high levels of volatility and dislocation in prices of shares of publicly-held, exchange listed banking companies in 2011, a goodwill impairment charge was recognized by the Company during the third quarter of 2011. The method utilized for the 2011 two-step impairment analysis and the corresponding amount of the impairment charge included quoted stock market prices for other banks, discounted cash flows and inputs from comparable transactions.

Note 7. Deposits

Deposits consist of the following at:
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
Non-interest bearing deposits
$
1,374,419

 
24.6
%
 
1,191,933

 
22.2
%
NOW accounts
1,113,878

 
20.0
%
 
988,984

 
18.4
%
Savings accounts
600,998

 
10.8
%
 
478,809

 
8.9
%
Money market deposit accounts
1,168,918

 
20.9
%
 
931,370

 
17.4
%
Certificate accounts
1,116,622

 
20.0
%
 
1,015,491

 
19.0
%
Wholesale deposits 1
205,132

 
3.7
%
 
757,874

 
14.1
%
Total interest bearing deposits
4,205,548

 
75.4
%
 
4,172,528

 
77.8
%
Total deposits
$
5,579,967

 
100.0
%
 
5,364,461

 
100.0
%
Deposits with a balance of $100,000 and greater
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Demand deposits
$
2,685,577

 
 
 
2,361,528

 
 
Certificate accounts
661,924

 
 
 
1,044,488

 
 
Total balances of $100,000 and greater
$
3,347,501

 
 
 
3,406,016

 
 
__________
 1 Wholesale deposits include brokered deposits classified as NOW, money market deposit and certificate accounts.

The scheduled maturities of time deposits are as follows and include $51,979,000 of wholesale deposits as of December 31, 2013:

 
(Dollars in thousands)
Amount
Years ending December 31,
 
2014
$
864,633

2015
164,104

2016
79,425

2017
33,975

2018
19,244

Thereafter
7,220

 
$
1,168,601


84



Note 7. Deposits (continued)

The Company reclassified $3,422,000 and $3,482,000 of overdraft demand deposits to loans as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The Company has entered into deposit transactions with its executive officers and directors and their affiliates. The aggregate amount of deposits with such related parties at December 31, 2013, and 2012 was $12,770,000 and $20,404,000, respectively.

Debit card expense for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 was $6,131,000, $4,497,000, and $4,400,000, respectively, and was included in other expense in the Company’s statements of operations.

Note 8. Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase

Repurchase agreements consist of the following:

 
December 31, 2013
(Dollars in thousands)
Repurchase
Amount
 
Weighted-
Average
Fixed Rate
 
Amortized
Cost of
Underlying
Assets
 
Fair
Value of
Underlying
Assets
Overnight
$
303,709

 
0.28
%
 
$
304,263

 
312,856

Maturing within 30 days
9,685

 
0.32
%
 
11,095

 
11,301

 
$
313,394

 
0.28
%
 
$
315,358

 
324,157


 
December 31, 2012
(Dollars in thousands)
Repurchase
Amount
 
Weighted-
Average
Fixed Rate
 
Amortized
Cost of
Underlying
Assets
 
Fair
Value of
Underlying
Assets
Overnight
$
285,349

 
0.32
%
 
$
287,597

 
293,958

Maturing within 30 days
4,159

 
0.50
%
 
4,228

 
4,306

 
$
289,508

 
0.32
%
 
$
291,825

 
298,264


The securities, consisting of U.S. government sponsored enterprises issued or guaranteed residential mortgage-backed securities, subject to agreements to repurchase, were for the same securities originally sold, and were held in custody accounts by third parties. The fair value of collateral utilized for repurchase agreements is continually monitored and additional collateral is provided as deemed appropriate.

Note 9. Borrowings

Each FHLB advance bears a fixed rate of interest and consists of the following:

 
December 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
(Dollars in thousands)
Amount
 
Weighted
Rate
 
Amount
 
Weighted
Rate
Maturing within one year
$
559,084

 
0.24
%
 
$
720,000

 
0.28
%
Maturing one year through two years
77,979

 
3.36
%
 

 
%
Maturing two years through three years
45,042

 
2.99
%
 
75,000

 
3.48
%
Maturing three years through four years

 
%
 
45,000

 
2.99
%
Maturing four years through five years
20,250

 
2.83
%
 

 
%
Thereafter
137,827

 
3.12
%
 
157,013

 
3.07
%
Total
$
840,182

 
1.21
%
 
$
997,013

 
1.09
%



85



Note 9. Borrowings (continued)

In addition to specifically pledged loans and investment securities, FHLB advances are collateralized by FHLB stock owned by the Company and a blanket assignment of the unpledged qualifying loans and investments.

With respect to $275,000,000 of FHLB advances at December 31, 2013, FHLB holds put options that will be exercised on the quarterly measurement date when 3-month LIBOR is 8 percent or greater. The FHLB put options as of December 31, 2013 are summarized as follows:
(Dollars in thousands)
Amount
 
Interest
Rate
Maturing during years ending December 31,
 
 
 
2015
$
75,000

 
3.16% - 3.64%
2016
45,000

 
2.93% - 3.05%
2018
20,000

 
2.73% - 2.85%
2021
135,000

 
2.88% - 3.43%
 
$
275,000

 
 

The Company’s remaining borrowings consisted of capital lease obligations, liens on OREO and other debt obligations through consolidation of certain VIEs. At December 31, 2013, the Company had $255,000,000 in unsecured lines of credit which are typically renewed on an annual basis with various correspondent entities.

Note 10. Subordinated Debentures

Trust preferred securities were issued by the Company’s trust subsidiaries, the common stock of which is wholly-owned by the Company, in conjunction with the Company issuing subordinated debentures to the trust subsidiaries. The terms of the subordinated debentures are the same as the terms of the trust preferred securities. The Company guaranteed the payment of distributions and payments for redemption or liquidation of the trust preferred securities to the extent of funds held by the trust subsidiaries. The obligations of the Company under the subordinated debentures together with the guarantee and other back-up obligations, in the aggregate, constitute a full and unconditional guarantee by the Company of the obligations of all trusts under the trust preferred securities.

The trust preferred securities are subject to mandatory redemption upon repayment of the subordinated debentures at their stated maturity date or the earlier redemption in an amount equal to their liquidation amount plus accumulated and unpaid distributions to the date of redemption. Interest distributions are payable quarterly. The Company may defer the payment of interest at any time from time to time for a period not exceeding 20 consecutive quarters provided that the deferral period does not extend past the stated maturity. During any such deferral period, distributions on the trust preferred securities will also be deferred and the Company’s ability to pay dividends on its common shares will be restricted.

Subject to prior approval by the FRB, the trust preferred securities may be redeemed at par prior to maturity at the Company’s option on or after the redemption date. All of the Company’s trust preferred securities have reached the redemption date and could be redeemed at the Company’s option. The trust preferred securities may also be redeemed at any time in whole (but not in part) for the Trusts in the event of unfavorable changes in laws or regulations that result in 1) subsidiary trusts becoming subject to federal income tax on income received on the subordinated debentures, 2) interest payable by the Company on the subordinated debentures becoming non-deductible for federal tax purposes, 3) the requirement for the trusts to register under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or 4) loss of the ability to treat the trust preferred securities as Tier 1 capital under the FRB capital adequacy guidelines.

For regulatory purposes, the FRB has allowed bank holding companies to include trust preferred securities in Tier 1 capital up to a certain limit. Provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act require the FRB to exclude trust preferred securities from Tier 1 capital, but a grandfather provision permits bank holding companies with consolidated assets of less than $15 billion to continue counting existing trust preferred securities as Tier 1 capital until they mature. All of the Company’s trust preferred securities qualified as Tier 1 instruments at December 31, 2013.

86



Note 10. Subordinated Debentures (continued)

The terms of the subordinated debentures, arranged by maturity date, are reflected in the table below. The amounts include fair value adjustments from acquisitions.

 
December 31, 2013
 
Variable Rate Structure
 
Maturity Date
(Dollars in thousands)
Balance
 
Rate
 
 
First Company Statutory Trust 2001
$
3,018

 
3.537
%
 
3 mo LIBOR plus 3.30
 
07/31/2031
First Company Statutory Trust 2003
2,227

 
3.496
%
 
3 mo LIBOR plus 3.25
 
03/26/2033
Glacier Capital Trust II
46,393

 
2.994
%
 
3 mo LIBOR plus 2.75
 
04/07/2034
Citizens (ID) Statutory Trust I
5,155

 
2.894
%
 
3 mo LIBOR plus 2.65
 
06/17/2034
Glacier Capital Trust III
36,083

 
1.533
%
 
3 mo LIBOR plus 1.29
 
04/07/2036
Glacier Capital Trust IV
30,928

 
1.813
%
 
3 mo LIBOR plus 1.57
 
09/15/2036
Bank of the San Juans Bancorporation Trust I
1,758

 
2.058
%
 
3 mo LIBOR plus 1.82
 
03/01/2037
 
$
125,562

 
 
 
 
 
 

Note 11. Derivatives and Hedging Activities

The Company is exposed to certain risk relating to its ongoing business operations. The primary risk managed by using derivative instruments is interest rate risk. Interest rate swaps are entered into to manage interest rate risk associated with the Company’s forecasted variable rate borrowings. The Company recognizes interest rate swaps as either assets or liabilities at fair value in the statements of financial condition, after taking into account the effects of bilateral collateral and master netting agreements. These agreements allow the Company to settle all interest rate swap agreements held with a single counterparty on a net basis, and to offset net interest rate swap derivative positions with related collateral, where applicable. As a result, the Company could have interest rate swaps with negative fair values included in other assets on the statements of financial condition and interest rate swaps with positive fair values included in other liabilities.

The interest rate swaps on variable rate borrowings were designated as cash flow hedges and were over-the-counter contracts. The contracts were entered into by the Company with a single counterparty and the specific agreement of terms were negotiated, including forecasted notional amounts, interest rates and maturity dates.

The Company is exposed to credit-related losses in the event of nonperformance by the counterparty to the agreements. The Company controls the credit risk through monitoring procedures and does not expect the counterparty to fail on its obligations. The Company only conducts business with primary dealers as and believes that the credit risk inherent in these contracts was not significant.

The Company’s interest rate swap derivative financial instruments as of December 31, 2013 are as follows:
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Forecasted
Notional  Amount
 
Variable
Interest Rate 1
 
Fixed
Interest Rate 1
 
Term 2
Interest rate swap
$
160,000

 
3 month LIBOR
 
3.378
%
 
Oct. 21, 2014 - Oct. 21, 2021
Interest rate swap
100,000

 
3 month LIBOR
 
2.498
%
 
Nov 30, 2015 - Nov. 30, 2022
__________
1 The Company pays the fixed interest rate and the counterparty pays the Company the variable interest rate.
2 No cash will be exchanged prior to the term.

The hedging strategy converts the LIBOR based variable interest rate on forecasted borrowings to a fixed interest rate, thereby protecting the Company from floating interest rate variability.


87



Note 11. Derivatives and Hedging Activities (continued)

The following table discloses the offsetting of financial assets and interest rate swap derivative assets:

 
December 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
(Dollars in thousands)
Gross Amounts of Recognized Assets
 
Gross Amounts Offset in the Statements of Financial Position
 
Net Amounts of Assets Presented in the Statements of Financial Position
 
Gross Amounts of Recognized Assets
 
Gross Amounts Offset in the Statements of Financial Position
 
Net Amounts of Assets Presented in the Statements of Financial Position
Interest rate swaps
$
6,844

 
(4,948
)
 
1,896

 

 

 


The following table discloses the offsetting of financial liabilities and interest rate swap derivative liabilities:

 
December 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
(Dollars in thousands)
Gross Amounts of Recognized Liabilities
 
Gross Amounts Offset in the Statements of Financial Position
 
Net Amounts of Liabilities Presented in the Statements of Financial Position
 
Gross Amounts of Recognized Liabilities
 
Gross Amounts Offset in the Statements of Financial Position
 
Net Amounts of Liabilities Presented in the Statements of Financial Position
Interest rate swaps
$
4,948

 
(4,948
)
 

 
16,832

 

 
16,832


Pursuant to the interest rate swap agreements, the Company pledged collateral to the counterparty in the form of investment securities totaling $6,918,000 at December 31, 2013. There was $0 collateral pledged from the counterparty to the Company as of December 31, 2013. There is the possibility that the Company may need to pledge additional collateral in the future if there were declines in the fair value of the interest rate swap derivative financial instruments versus the collateral pledged.

Note 12. Regulatory Capital

The FRB has adopted capital adequacy guidelines pursuant to which it assesses the adequacy of capital in supervising a bank holding company. The following tables illustrate the FRB’s adequacy guidelines and the Company’s and the Bank’s compliance with those guidelines:
 
December 31, 2013
 
Actual
 
Minimum Capital
Requirement
 
Well Capitalized
Requirement
(Dollars in thousands)
Amount
 
Ratio
 
Amount
 
Ratio
 
Amount
 
Ratio
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated
$
1,005,980

 
18.97
%
 
$
424,322

 
8.00
%
 
$
530,402

 
10.00
%
Glacier Bank
948,618

 
17.93
%
 
423,235

 
8.00
%
 
529,044

 
10.00
%
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated
$
938,887

 
17.70
%
 
$
212,161

 
4.00
%
 
$
318,241

 
6.00
%
Glacier Bank
881,692

 
16.67
%
 
211,618

 
4.00
%
 
317,426

 
6.00
%
Tier 1 capital (to average assets)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated
$
938,887

 
12.11
%
 
$
310,082

 
4.00
%
 
N/A

 
N/A

Glacier Bank
881,692

 
11.44
%
 
308,281

 
4.00
%
 
$
385,351

 
5.00
%

88



Note 12. Regulatory Capital (continued)

 
December 31, 2012
 
Actual
 
Minimum Capital
Requirement
 
Well Capitalized
Requirement
(Dollars in thousands)
Amount
 
Ratio
 
Amount
 
Ratio
 
Amount
 
Ratio
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated
$
923,574

 
20.09
%
 
$
367,701

 
8.00
%
 
$
459,627

 
10.00
%
Glacier Bank
851,819

 
18.79
%
 
362,711

 
8.00
%
 
453,388

 
10.00
%
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated
$
865,213

 
18.82
%
 
$
183,851

 
4.00
%
 
$
275,776

 
6.00
%
Glacier Bank
794,228

 
17.52
%
 
181,355

 
4.00
%
 
272,033

 
6.00
%
Tier 1 capital (to average assets)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated
$
865,213

 
11.31
%
 
$
306,005

 
4.00
%
 
N/A

 
N/A

Glacier Bank
794,228

 
10.55
%
 
301,013

 
4.00
%
 
$
376,267

 
5.00
%

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act generally restricts a depository institution from making any capital distribution (including payment of a dividend) or paying any management fee to its bank holding company if the institution would thereafter be capitalized at less than 8 percent Total capital (to risk-weighted assets), 4 percent Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets), or 4 percent Tier 1 capital (to average assets).

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Bank’s capital measures exceeded the well capitalized threshold, which requires Total capital (to risk-weighted assets) of at least 10 percent, Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets) of at least 6 percent, and Tier 1 capital (to average assets) of at least 5 percent. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possible additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s and Bank’s financial condition. There are no conditions or events since year end that management believes have changed the Company’s or Bank’s risk-based capital category.

Current guidance from the Federal Reserve provides, among other things, that dividends per share on the Company’s common stock generally should not exceed earnings per share, measured over the previous four fiscal quarters. The Bank is also subject to Montana state law and cannot declare a dividend greater than the previous two years’ net earnings without providing notice to the state.

Note 13. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

The components of accumulated other comprehensive income, included in stockholders’ equity, are as follows:
 
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
Unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities
$
13,888

 
95,328

Tax effect
(5,403
)
 
(37,083
)
Net of tax amount
8,485

 
58,245

Unrealized gains (losses) on derivatives used for cash flow hedges
1,896

 
(16,832
)
Tax effect
(736
)
 
6,549

Net of tax amount
1,160

 
(10,283
)
Total accumulated other comprehensive income
$
9,645

 
47,962



89



Note 14. Federal and State Income Taxes

The following is a summary of consolidated income tax expense (benefit):

 
Years ended
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31,
2013
 
December 31,
2012
 
December 31,
2011
Current
 
 
 
 
 
Federal
$
18,377

 
12,718

 
8,836

State
7,007

 
5,522

 
4,191

Total current income tax expense
25,384

 
18,240

 
13,027

Deferred
 
 
 
 
 
Federal
3,918

 
708

 
(11,256
)
State
715

 
129

 
(2,052
)
Total deferred income tax expense (benefit)
4,633

 
837

 
(13,308
)
Total income tax expense (benefit)
$
30,017

 
19,077

 
(281
)

Combined federal and state income tax expense differs from that computed at the federal statutory corporate tax rate as follows:

 
Years ended
 
December 31,
2013
 
December 31,
2012
 
December 31,
2011
Federal statutory rate
35.0
 %
 
35.0
 %
 
35.0
 %
State taxes, net of federal income tax benefit
4.0
 %
 
3.9
 %
 
8.1
 %
Tax-exempt interest income
(12.2
)%
 
(14.0
)%
 
(65.5
)%
Tax credits
(3.2
)%
 
(4.2
)%
 
(22.1
)%
Goodwill impairment charge
 %
 
 %
 
42.3
 %
Other, net
0.3
 %
 
(0.5
)%
 
0.6
 %
Effective tax rate
23.9
 %
 
20.2
 %
 
(1.6
)%


90



Note 14. Federal and State Income Taxes (continued)

The tax effect of temporary differences which give rise to a significant portion of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
December 31,
2013
 
December 31,
2012
Deferred tax assets
 
 
 
Allowance for loan and lease losses
$
50,652

 
50,963

Other real estate owned
8,041

 
7,685

Deferred compensation
4,837

 
3,129

Employee benefits
3,132

 
2,715

Federal income tax credits
2,778

 
3,543

Interest rate swap agreements

 
6,549

Other
7,813

 
7,835

Total gross deferred tax assets
77,253

 
82,419

Deferred tax liabilities
 
 
 
FHLB stock dividends
(10,359
)
 
(10,143
)
Deferred loan costs
(6,058
)
 
(5,316
)
Available-for-sale securities
(5,402
)
 
(37,083
)
Depreciation of premises and equipment
(3,939
)
 
(5,437
)
Intangibles
(3,099
)
 
(1,117
)
Interest rate swap agreements
(736
)
 

Other
(4,111
)
 
(2,929
)
Total gross deferred tax liabilities
(33,704
)
 
(62,025
)
Net deferred tax asset
$
43,549

 
20,394


The Company’s federal income tax credit carryforwards will expire in 2033.

The Company and the Bank join together in the filing of consolidated income tax returns in the following jurisdictions: federal, Montana, Idaho, Colorado and Utah. Although the Bank has operations in Wyoming and Washington, neither Wyoming nor Washington imposes a corporate-level income tax. All required income tax returns have been timely filed. The following schedule summarizes the years that remain subject to examination as of December 31, 2013:

 
Years ended December 31,
Federal
2009, 2010, 2011 and 2012
Montana
2010, 2011 and 2012
Idaho
2009, 2010, 2011 and 2012
Colorado
2009, 2010, 2011 and 2012
Utah
2010, 2011 and 2012

The Company had no unrecognized income tax benefits as of December 31, 2013, and 2012. The Company recognizes interest related to unrecognized income tax benefits in interest expense and penalties are recognized in other expense. Interest expense and penalties recognized with respect to income tax liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 was not significant. The Company had no accrued liabilities for the payment of interest or penalties at December 31, 2013, and 2012.
 

91



Note 14. Federal and State Income Taxes (continued)

The Company has assessed the need for a valuation allowance and determined that a valuation allowance was not necessary at December 31, 2013, and 2012. The Company believes that it is more-likely-than-not that the Company’s deferred tax assets will be realizable by offsetting future taxable income from reversing taxable temporary differences and anticipated future taxable income (exclusive of reversing temporary differences). In its assessment, the Company considered its strong earnings history, no history of income tax credit carryforwards expiring unused, and no future net operating losses (for tax purposes) are expected.

Retained earnings at December 31, 2013 includes $3,600,000 for which no provision for federal income tax has been made. This amount represents the base year reserve for bad debts, which is essentially an allocation of earnings to pre-1988 bad debt deductions for federal income tax purposes only. This amount is treated as a permanent difference and deferred taxes are not recognized unless it appears that this bad debt reserve will be reduced and thereby result in taxable income in the foreseeable future. The Company is not currently contemplating any changes in its business or operations which would result in a recapture of this reserve for bad debts for federal income tax purposes.

Note 15. Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period presented. Diluted earnings per share is computed by including the net increase in shares as if dilutive outstanding stock options were exercised and restricted stock awards were vested, using the treasury stock method.

Basic and diluted earnings per share has been computed based on the following:
 
 
Years ended
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
December 31,
2013
 
December 31,
2012
 
December 31,
2011
Net income available to common stockholders, basic and diluted
$
95,644

 
75,516

 
17,471

Average outstanding shares - basic
73,191,713

 
71,928,570

 
71,915,073

Add: dilutive stock options and awards
68,565

 
86

 

Average outstanding shares - diluted
73,260,278

 
71,928,656

 
71,915,073

Basic earnings per share
$
1.31

 
1.05

 
0.24

Diluted earnings per share
$
1.31

 
1.05

 
0.24


There were 38,915, 879,525 and 1,567,561 options excluded from the diluted average outstanding share calculation for December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively, due to the option exercise price exceeding the market price of the Company’s common stock.


92



Note 16. Employee Benefit Plans

The Company has a 401(k) plan and a profit sharing plan which has safe harbor and employer discretionary components. To be considered eligible for the 401(k) and safe harbor components of the profit sharing plan, an employee must be 21 years of age and employed for three full months. Employees are eligible to participate in the 401(k) plan the first day of the month once they have met the eligibility requirements. To be considered eligible for the employer discretionary contribution of the profit sharing plan, an employee must be 21 years of age, worked one full calendar quarter, worked 501 hours in the plan year and be employed as of the last day of the plan year. Participants are at all times fully vested in all contributions.

The profit sharing plan contributions consists of a 3 percent non-elective safe harbor contribution fully funded by the Company and an employer discretionary contribution. The employer discretionary contribution depends on the Company’s profitability. The total profit sharing plan expense for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 was $5,862,000, $3,974,000 and $2,043,000 respectively.
 
The 401(k) plan allows eligible employees to contribute up to 60 percent of their eligible annual compensation up to the limit set annually by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS). The Company matches an amount equal to 50 percent of the first 6 percent of an employee’s contribution. The Company’s contribution to the 401(k) for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $1,935,000, $1,751,000, and $1,644,000, respectively.

The Company has non-funded deferred compensation plans for directors, senior officers and certain nonemployee service providers. The plans provide for participants’ elective deferral of cash payments of up to 50 percent of a participants’ salary and 100 percent of bonuses and directors fees. The total amount deferred for the plans was $376,000, $278,000, and $362,000, for the years ending December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. The participant receives an earnings credit at a rate equal to 50 percent of the Company’s return on average equity. The total earnings for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 for the plans was $515,000, $231,000 and $54,000, respectively. In connection with several acquisitions, the Company assumed the obligations of deferred compensation plans for certain key employees. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the liability related to the obligations was $5,042,000 and $1,255,000 and was included in other liabilities. The total earnings for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 for the acquired plans was insignificant.

The Company has a Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (“SERP”) which is intended to supplement payments due to participants upon retirement under the Company’s other qualified plans. The Company credits the participant’s account on annual basis for an amount equal to employer contributions that would have otherwise been allocated to the participant’s account under the tax-qualified plans were it not for limitations imposed by the IRS or the participation in the non-funded deferred compensation plan. Eligible employees include participants of the non-funded deferred compensation plan and employees whose benefits were limited as a result of IRS regulations. The Company’s required contribution to the SERP for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $76,000, $47,000, and $21,000, respectively. The participant receives an earnings credit at a rate equal to 50 percent of the Company’s return on average equity. The total earnings for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 for this plan was $48,000, $37,000, and $9,000, respectively.

The Company has elected to self-insure certain costs related to employee health and dental benefit programs. Costs resulting from noninsured losses are expensed as incurred. The Company has purchased insurance that limits its exposure on an aggregate and individual claims basis for the employee health benefit programs.

The Company has entered into employment contracts with 26 senior officers that provide benefits under certain conditions following a change in control of the Company.


93



Note 17. Stock-based Compensation Plans

The Company has the following stock-based compensation plans outstanding: 1) the Directors 1994 Stock Option Plan and 2) the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan. The Directors 1994 Stock Option Plan was approved to provide for the grant of stock options to outside Directors of the Company. The Directors 1994 Stock Option Plan expired in March of 2009 and has granted but unexpired stock options outstanding at December 31, 2013. The 2005 Stock Incentive Plan provides awards to certain full-time employees and directors of the Company. The 2005 Stock Incentive Plan permits the granting of stock options, share appreciation rights, restricted shares, restricted share units, and unrestricted shares, deferred share units, and performance awards. At December 31, 2013, the number of shares available to grant to employees and directors was 4,116,931.

Stock Options
The Company has granted stock options to certain full-time employees and directors of the Company under the Directors 1994 Stock Option Plan and the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan. Both plans contain provisions authorizing the grant of limited stock rights, which permit the optionee, upon a change in control of the Company, to surrender his or her stock options for cancellation and receive cash or common stock equal to the difference between the exercise price and the fair market value of the shares on the date of the grant. The option price at which the Company’s common stock may be purchased upon exercise of stock options granted under the plans must be at least equal to the per share market value of such stock at the date the option is granted. All stock option shares are adjusted for stock splits and stock dividends. The term of the stock options may not exceed five years from the date the options are granted.
 
The fair value of stock options granted is estimated at the date of grant using the Black Scholes option-pricing model. The Company uses historical data to estimate option exercise and termination within the valuation model. Employee and director awards, which have dissimilar historical exercise behavior, are considered separately for valuation purposes. The risk-free interest rate for periods within the contractual life of the stock option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield in effect at the time of the grant. The stock option grants generally vest upon six months or two years of service for directors and employees, respectively, and generally expire in five years. Expected volatilities are based on historical volatility and other factors. There were no stock options granted during 2013, 2012 or 2011.

Compensation expense related to stock options for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $0, $4,000 and $74,000, respectively, and the recognized income tax benefit related to this expense was $0, $2,000 and $29,000. There was no unrecognized compensation cost related to stock options as of December 31, 2013.

The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $1,907,000, $3,000 and $0, respectively, and the income tax benefit received related to these exercises was $742,000, $1,000 and $0. Total cash received from options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $4,327,000, $81,000 and $0. Upon exercise of stock options, the shares are issued from the Company’s authorized stock balance.

Changes in shares granted for stock options for the year ended December 31, 2013 are summarized as follows:
 
Options
 
Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
Outstanding at December 31, 2012
791,440

 
$
16.95

Exercised
(281,560
)
 
15.37

Forfeited or expired
(451,070
)
 
18.14

Outstanding at December 31, 2013
58,810

 
15.47

Exercisable at December 31, 2013
58,810

 
15.47


The average remaining life on stock options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2013 is one month. The aggregate intrinsic value of the outstanding and exercisable shares at December 31, 2013 was $842,000.


94



Note 17. Stock-based Compensation Plans (continued)

Restricted Stock Awards
The Company has awarded restricted stock to certain executive officers and directors under the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan. Common stock issued under restricted stock awards may be issued under the terms of a vesting schedule or with an immediate vest and may not be sold or otherwise transferred until restrictions have lapsed. The recipient does not have voting rights until the restricted stock award has vested. Dividends paid on the restricted shares during the restriction period are paid immediately in cash. The fair value of the restricted stock awarded is the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the award date.

Compensation expense related to restricted stock awards for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 was $768,000 and $243,000, respectively, and the recognized income tax benefit related to this expense was $299,000 and $96,000. As of December 31, 2013, $1,348,000 of total unrecognized compensation costs related to restricted stock awards is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.2 years.

The fair value of restricted stock awards that vested during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 was $197,000 and $243,000, respectively, and the income tax benefit recognized related to these awards was $77,000 and $96,000. Upon vesting of restricted stock awards, the shares are issued from the Company’s authorized stock balance.

The following table summarizes the restricted stock award activity for the year ended December 31, 2013:
 
Restricted Stock
 
Weighted-
Average
Grant Date Fair Value
Non-vested at December 31, 2012

 
$

Granted
131,262

 
16.76

Vested
(11,753
)
 
16.76

Forfeited
(2,067
)
 
16.76

Non-vested at December 31, 2013
117,442

 
16.76



95



Note 18. Parent Holding Company Information (Condensed)

The following condensed financial information was the unconsolidated information for the parent holding company:

Statements of Financial Condition
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31,
2013
 
December 31,
2012
Assets
 
 
 
Cash on hand and in banks
$
1,582

 
2,540

Interest bearing cash deposits
49,097

 
9,887

Cash and cash equivalents
50,679

 
12,427

Investment securities, available-for-sale
87

 
29,457

Other assets
9,050

 
23,221

Investment in subsidiaries
1,040,104

 
972,218

Total assets
$
1,099,920

 
1,037,323

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
 
 
 
Subordinated debentures
$
125,562

 
125,418

Other liabilities
11,108

 
10,956

Total liabilities
136,670

 
136,374

Common stock
744

 
719

Paid-in capital
690,918

 
641,737

Retained earnings
261,943

 
210,531

Accumulated other comprehensive income
9,645

 
47,962

Total stockholders’ equity
963,250

 
900,949

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
$
1,099,920

 
1,037,323


Statements of Operations
 
Years ended
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31,
2013
 
December 31,
2012
 
December 31,
2011
Income
 
 
 
 
 
Dividends from subsidiaries
$
65,445

 
78,209

 
43,450

Loss on sale of investments
(3,248
)
 

 

Other income
966

 
566

 
864

Intercompany charges for services
7,387

 
16,041

 
14,438

Total income
70,550

 
94,816

 
58,752

Expenses
 
 
 
 
 
Compensation and employee benefits
9,175

 
12,392

 
9,185

Other operating expenses
6,536

 
10,267

 
11,827

Total expenses
15,711

 
22,659

 
21,012

Income before income tax benefit and equity in undistributed net income (loss) of subsidiaries
54,839

 
72,157

 
37,740

Income tax benefit
3,676

 
2,319

 
2,176

Income before equity in undistributed net income (loss) of subsidiaries
58,515

 
74,476

 
39,916

Equity in undistributed net income (loss) of subsidiaries
37,129

 
1,040

 
(22,825
)
Net Income
$
95,644

 
75,516

 
17,091



96



Note 18. Parent Holding Company Information (Condensed) (continued)

Statements of Comprehensive Income
 
Years ended
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31,
2013
 
December 31,
2012
 
December 31,
2011
Net Income
$
95,644

 
75,516

 
17,091

Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income, Net of Tax
 
 
 
 
 
Unrealized (losses) gains on available-for-sale securities
(81,739
)
 
31,617

 
63,190

Reclassification adjustment for losses (gains) included in net income
299

 

 
(346
)
Net unrealized (losses) gains on securities
(81,440
)
 
31,617

 
62,844

Tax effect
31,680

 
(12,300
)
 
(24,444
)
Net of tax amount
(49,760
)
 
19,317

 
38,400

Unrealized gains (losses) on derivatives used for cash flow hedges
18,728

 
(7,926
)
 
(8,906
)
Tax effect
(7,285
)
 
3,084

 
3,465

Net of tax amount
11,443

 
(4,842
)
 
(5,441
)
Total other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax
(38,317
)
 
14,475

 
32,959

Total Comprehensive Income
$
57,327

 
89,991

 
50,050


Statements of Cash Flows
 
Years ended
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31,
2013
 
December 31,
2012
 
December 31,
2011
Operating Activities
 
 
 
 
 
Net income
$
95,644

 
75,516

 
17,091

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Subsidiary income (in excess of) less than dividends distributed
(37,129
)
 
(1,040
)
 
22,825

Loss on sale of investments
3,248

 

 

Excess tax deficiencies from stock-based compensation
223

 
8

 

Net change in other assets and other liabilities
2,575

 
3,684

 
1,215

Net cash provided by operating activities
64,561

 
78,168

 
41,131

Investing Activities
 
 
 
 
 
Proceeds from sales, maturities and prepayments of securities available-for-sale
26,561

 
787

 
1,376

Changes in investment securities and other stock - intercompany
(946
)
 
(19,183
)
 

Equity contribution to subsidiaries
(11,336
)
 
(28,500
)
 
(1,110
)
Net addition of premises and equipment
(603
)
 
(2,927
)
 
(1,920
)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
13,676

 
(49,823
)
 
(1,654
)
Financing Activities
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase in other borrowed funds
144

 
143

 
143

Cash dividends paid
(44,232
)
 
(47,472
)
 
(37,395
)
Excess tax deficiencies from stock-based compensation
(223
)
 
(8
)
 

Proceeds from stock options exercised
4,326

 
81

 

Net cash used in financing activities
(39,985
)
 
(47,256
)
 
(37,252
)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
38,252

 
(18,911
)
 
2,225

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
12,427

 
31,338

 
29,113

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
$
50,679

 
12,427

 
31,338


97



Note 19. Unaudited Quarterly Financial Data

Summarized unaudited quarterly financial data is as follows:
 
Quarters ended 2013
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
March 31
 
June 30
 
September 30
 
December 31
Interest income
$
57,955

 
62,151

 
69,531

 
73,939

Interest expense
7,458

 
7,185

 
7,186

 
6,929

Net interest income
50,497

 
54,966

 
62,345

 
67,010

Provision for loan losses
2,100

 
1,078

 
1,907

 
1,802

Net interest income after provision for loan losses
48,397

 
53,888

 
60,438

 
65,208

Non-interest income
22,950

 
23,222

 
23,873

 
23,002

Non-interest expense
43,434

 
48,481

 
50,368

 
53,034

Income before income taxes
27,913

 
28,629

 
33,943

 
35,176

Federal and state income tax expense
7,145

 
5,927

 
8,315

 
8,630

Net income
20,768

 
22,702

 
25,628

 
26,546

Basic earnings per share
0.29

 
0.31

 
0.35

 
0.36

Diluted earnings per share
0.29

 
0.31

 
0.35

 
0.36


 
Quarters ended 2012
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
March 31
 
June 30
 
September 30
 
December 31
Interest income
$
67,884

 
64,192

 
62,015

 
59,666

Interest expense
9,598

 
9,044

 
8,907

 
8,165

Net interest income
58,286

 
55,148

 
53,108

 
51,501

Provision for loan losses
8,625

 
7,925

 
2,700

 
2,275

Net interest income after provision for loan losses
49,661

 
47,223

 
50,408

 
49,226

Non-interest income
20,338

 
21,791

 
23,974

 
25,393

Non-interest expense
49,045

 
46,190

 
50,178

 
48,008

Income before income taxes
20,954

 
22,824

 
24,204

 
26,611

Federal and state income tax expense
4,621

 
3,843

 
4,760

 
5,853

Net income
16,333

 
18,981

 
19,444

 
20,758

Basic earnings per share
0.23

 
0.26

 
0.27

 
0.29

Diluted earnings per share
0.23

 
0.26

 
0.27

 
0.29



98



Note 20. Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. There is a fair value hierarchy which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value are as follows:
 
Level 1    Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities
Level 2
Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities
Level 3
Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities

Transfers in and out of Level 1 (quoted prices in active markets), Level 2 (significant other observable inputs) and Level 3 (significant unobservable inputs) are recognized on the actual transfer date. There were no transfers between fair value hierarchy levels during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

Recurring Measurements
The following is a description of the inputs and valuation methodologies used for assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, as well as the general classification of such assets and liabilities pursuant to the valuation hierarchy. There have been no significant changes in the valuation techniques during the period ended December 31, 2013.

Investment securities: fair value for available-for-sale securities is estimated by obtaining quoted market prices for identical assets, where available. If such prices are not available, fair value is based on independent asset pricing services and models, the inputs of which are market-based or independently sourced market parameters, including but not limited to, yield curves, interest rates, volatilities, prepayments, defaults, cumulative loss projections, and cash flows. Such securities are classified in Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy. Where Level 1 or Level 2 inputs are not available, such securities are classified as Level 3 within the hierarchy.

Fair value determinations of investment securities are the responsibility of the Company’s corporate accounting and treasury departments. The Company obtains fair value estimates from independent third party vendors on a monthly basis. The Company reviews the vendors’ inputs for fair value estimates and the recommended assignments of levels within the fair value hierarchy. The review includes the extent to which markets for investment securities are determined to have limited or no activity, or are judged to be active markets. The Company reviews the extent to which observable and unobservable inputs are used as well as the appropriateness of the underlying assumptions about risk that a market participant would use in active markets, with adjustments for limited or inactive markets. In considering the inputs to the fair value estimates, the Company places less reliance on quotes that are judged to not reflect orderly transactions, or are non-binding indications. In assessing credit risk, the Company reviews payment performance, collateral adequacy, third party research and analyses, credit rating histories and issuers’ financial statements. For those markets determined to be inactive or limited, the valuation techniques used are models for which management has verified that discount rates are appropriately adjusted to reflect illiquidity and credit risk. The Company also independently obtains cash flow estimates that are stressed at levels that exceed those used by the independent third party pricing vendors.

Interest rate swap derivative financial instruments: fair values for interest rate swap derivative financial instruments are based upon the estimated amounts to settle the contracts considering current interest rates and are calculated using discounted cash flows that are observable or that can be corroborated by observable market data and, therefore, are classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy. The inputs used to determine fair value include the 3 month LIBOR forward curve to estimate variable rate cash inflows and the Fed Funds Effective Swap Rate to estimate the discount rate. The estimated variable rate cash inflows are compared to the fixed rate outflows and such difference is discounted to a present value to estimate the fair value of the interest rate swaps. The Company also obtains and compares the reasonableness of the pricing from an independent third party.


99



Note 20. Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities (continued)

The following schedules disclose the fair value measurement of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis:
 
 
 
 
Fair Value Measurements
At the End of the Reporting Period Using
(Dollars in thousands)
Fair Value December 31, 2013
 
Quoted Prices
in Active  Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
 
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
 
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
Investment securities, available-for-sale
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government sponsored enterprises
$
10,628

 

 
10,628

 

State and local governments
1,385,078

 

 
1,385,078

 

Corporate bonds
442,501

 

 
442,501

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities
1,384,622

 

 
1,384,622

 

Interest rate swaps
1,896

 

 
1,896

 

Total assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis
$
3,224,725

 

 
3,224,725

 


 
 
 
Fair Value Measurements
At the End of the Reporting Period Using
(Dollars in thousands)
Fair Value December 31, 2012
 
Quoted Prices
in Active  Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
 
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
 
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
Investment securities, available-for-sale
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government and federal agency
$
202

 

 
202

 

U.S. government sponsored enterprises
17,480

 

 
17,480

 

State and local governments
1,214,518

 

 
1,214,518

 

Corporate bonds
288,795

 

 
288,795

 

Collateralized debt obligations
1,708

 

 
1,708

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities
2,160,302

 

 
2,160,302

 

Total assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis
$
3,683,005

 

 
3,683,005

 

Interest rate swaps
$
16,832

 

 
16,832

 

Total liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis
$
16,832

 

 
16,832

 


Non-recurring Measurements
The following is a description of the inputs and valuation methodologies used for assets recorded at fair value on a non-recurring basis, as well as the general classification of such assets pursuant to the valuation hierarchy. There have been no significant changes in the valuation techniques during the year ended December 31, 2013.

Other real estate owned: OREO is carried at the lower of fair value at acquisition date or current estimated fair value, less estimated cost to sell. Estimated fair value of OREO is based on appraisals or evaluations (new or updated). OREO is classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.


100



Note 20. Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities (continued)

Collateral-dependent impaired loans, net of ALLL: loans included in the Company’s loan portfolio for which it is probable that the Company will not collect all principal and interest due according to contractual terms are considered impaired. Estimated fair value of collateral-dependent impaired loans is based on the fair value of the collateral, less estimated cost to sell. Collateral-dependent impaired loans are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

The Company’s credit departments review appraisals for OREO and collateral-dependent loans, giving consideration to the highest and best use of the collateral. The appraisal or evaluation (new or updated) is considered the starting point for determining fair value. The valuation techniques used in preparing appraisals or evaluations (new or updated) include the cost approach, income approach, sales comparison approach, or a combination of the preceding valuation techniques. The key inputs used to determine the fair value of the collateral-dependent loans and OREO include selling costs, discounted cash flow rate or capitalization rate, and adjustment to comparables. Valuations and significant inputs obtained by independent sources are reviewed by the Company for accuracy and reasonableness. The Company also considers other factors and events in the environment that may affect the fair value. The appraisals or evaluations (new or updated) are reviewed at least quarterly and more frequently based on current market conditions, including deterioration in a borrower’s financial condition and when property values may be subject to significant volatility. After review and acceptance of the collateral appraisal or evaluation (new or updated), adjustments to the impaired loan or OREO may occur. The Company generally obtains appraisals or evaluations (new or updated) annually.

The following schedules disclose the fair value measurement of assets with a recorded change during the period resulting from re-measuring the assets at fair value on a non-recurring basis:
 
 
 
 
Fair Value Measurements
At the End of the Reporting Period Using
(Dollars in thousands)
Fair Value December 31, 2013
 
Quoted Prices
in Active  Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
 
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
 
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
Other real estate owned
$
10,888

 

 

 
10,888

Collateral-dependent impaired loans, net of ALLL
18,670

 

 

 
18,670

Total assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis
$
29,558

 

 

 
29,558


 
 
 
Fair Value Measurements
At the End of the Reporting Period Using
(Dollars in thousands)
Fair Value December 31, 2012
 
Quoted Prices
in Active  Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
 
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
 
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
Other real estate owned
$
13,983

 

 

 
13,983

Collateral-dependent impaired loans, net of ALLL
22,966

 

 

 
22,966

Total assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis
$
36,949

 

 

 
36,949



101



Note 20. Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities (continued)

Non-recurring Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
The following table presents additional quantitative information about assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis and for which the Company has utilized Level 3 inputs to determine fair value:

 
Fair Value
 
Quantitative Information about Level 3 Fair Value Measurements
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31,
2013
 
Valuation Technique
 
Unobservable Input
 
Range (Weighted- Average) 1
Other real estate owned
$
9,278

 
Sales comparison approach
 
Selling costs
 
7.0% - 10.0% (7.7%)
 
 
 
 
 
Adjustment to comparables
 
0.0% - 37.5% (1.4%)
 
1,610

 
Combined approach
 
Selling costs
 
5.0% - 10.0% (7.5%)
 
 
 
 
 
Discount rate
 
8.5% - 8.5% (8.5%)
 
 
 
 
 
Adjustment to comparables
 
25.0% - 25.0% (25.0%)
 
$
10,888

 
 
 
 
 
 
Collateral-dependent impaired loans, net of ALLL
$
4,076

 
Income approach
 
Selling costs
 
8.0% - 8.0% (8.0%)
 
 
 
 
 
Discount rate
 
8.3% - 8.3% (8.3%)
 
11,784

 
Sales comparison approach
 
Selling costs
 
0.0% - 10.0% (7.9%)
 
 
 
 
 
Adjustment to comparables
 
0.0% - 1.0% (0.0%)
 
2,810

 
Combined approach
 
Selling costs
 
0.0% - 8.0% (7.8%)
 
 
 
 
 
Discount rate
 
7.3% - 7.3% (7.3%)
 
 
 
 
 
Adjustment to comparables
 
10.0% - 50.0% (18.9%)
 
$
18,670

 
 
 
 
 
 

 
Fair Value
 
Quantitative Information about Level 3 Fair Value Measurements
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31,
2012
 
Valuation Technique
 
Unobservable Input
 
Range (Weighted- Average) 1
Other real estate owned
$
93

 
Cost approach
 
Selling costs
 
7.0% - 7.0% (7.0%)
 
11,787

 
Sales comparison approach
 
Selling costs
 
7.0% - 14.0% (7.9%)
 
 
 
 
 
Adjustment to comparables
 
0.0% - 37.0% (11.7%)
 
2,103

 
Combined approach
 
Selling costs
 
5.0% - 8.0% (6.6%)
 
 
 
 
 
Discount rate
 
25.0% - 25.0% (25.0%)
 
 
 
 
 
Adjustment to comparables
 
0.0% - 30.0% (7.7%)
 
$
13,983

 
 
 
 
 
 
Collateral-dependent impaired loans, net of ALLL
$
84

 
Cost approach
 
Selling costs
 
8.0% - 8.0% (8.0%)
 
5,509

 
Income approach
 
Selling costs
 
8.0% - 10.0% (8.2%)
 
 
 
 
 
Discount rate
 
0.0% - 8.3% (6.3%)
 
12,878

 
Sales comparison approach
 
Selling costs
 
0.0% - 16.0% (8.6%)
 
 
 
 
 
Adjustment to comparables
 
0.0% - 12.0% (1.6%)
 
4,495

 
Combined approach
 
Selling costs
 
8.0% - 10.0% (8.4%)
 
 
 
 
 
Discount rate
 
8.0% - 8.0% (8.0%)
 
 
 
 
 
Adjustment to comparables
 
0.0% - 36.0% (17.6%)
 
$
22,966

 
 
 
 
 
 
__________
1 The range for selling costs and adjustments to comparables indicate reductions to the fair value.

102



Note 20. Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities (continued)

Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The following is a description of the methods used to estimate the fair value of all other assets and liabilities recognized at amounts other than fair value.

Cash and cash equivalents: fair value is estimated at book value.

Loans held for sale: fair value is estimated at book value.

Loans receivable, net of ALLL: fair value is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the rates at which similar notes would be written for the same remaining maturities. The market rates used are based on current rates the Company would impose for similar loans and reflect a market participant assumption about risks associated with non-performance, illiquidity, and the structure and term of the loans along with local economic and market conditions. Estimated fair value of impaired loans is based on the fair value of the collateral, less estimated cost to sell, or the present value of the loan’s expected future cash flows (discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate). All impaired loans are classified as Level 3 and all other loans are classified as Level 2 within the valuation hierarchy.

Accrued interest receivable: fair value is estimated at book value.

Non-marketable equity securities: fair value is estimated at book value due to restrictions that limit the sale or transfer of such securities.

Deposits: fair value of term deposits is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using rates of similar deposits with similar maturities. The market rates used were obtained from an independent third party and reviewed by the Company. The rates were the average of current rates offered by the Company’s local competitors. The estimated fair value of demand, NOW, savings, and money market deposits is the book value since rates are regularly adjusted to market rates and transactions are executed at book value daily. Therefore, such deposits are classified in Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. Certificate accounts and wholesale deposits are classified as Level 2 within the hierarchy.

FHLB advances: fair value of non-callable FHLB advances is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using rates of similar advances with similar maturities. Such rates were obtained from current rates offered by FHLB. The estimated fair value of callable FHLB advances was obtained from FHLB and the model was reviewed by the Company, including discussions with FHLB.

Repurchase agreements and other borrowed funds: fair value of term repurchase agreements and other term borrowings is estimated based on current repurchase rates and borrowing rates currently available to the Company for repurchases and borrowings with similar terms and maturities. The estimated fair value for overnight repurchase agreements and other borrowings is book value.

Subordinated debentures: fair value of the subordinated debt is estimated by discounting the estimated future cash flows using current estimated market rates. The market rates used were averages of currently traded trust preferred securities with similar characteristics to the Company’s issuances and obtained from an independent third party.

Accrued interest payable: fair value is estimated at book value.

Off-balance sheet financial instruments: commitments to extend credit and letters of credit represent the principal categories of off-balance sheet financial instruments. Rates for these commitments are set at time of loan closing, such that no adjustment is necessary to reflect these commitments at market value. The Company has an insignificant amount of off-balance sheet financial instruments.


103



Note 20. Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities (continued)

The following schedules present the carrying amounts, estimated fair values and the level within the fair value hierarchy of the Company’s financial instruments:
 
 
 
Fair Value Measurements
At the End of the Reporting Period Using
(Dollars in thousands)
Carrying Amount December 31, 2013
 
Quoted Prices
in Active  Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
 
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
 
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
Financial assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
155,657

 
155,657

 

 

Investment securities, available-for-sale
3,222,829

 

 
3,222,829

 

Loans held for sale
46,738

 
46,738

 

 

Loans receivable, net of ALLL
3,932,487

 

 
3,807,993

 
187,731

Accrued interest receivable
41,898

 
41,898

 

 

Non-marketable equity securities
52,192

 

 
52,192

 

Interest rate swaps
1,896

 

 
1,896

 

Total financial assets
$
7,453,697

 
244,293

 
7,084,910

 
187,731

Financial liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits
$
5,579,967

 
4,258,213

 
1,341,382

 

FHLB advances
840,182

 

 
857,551

 

Repurchase agreements and other borrowed funds
321,781

 

 
321,781

 

Subordinated debentures
125,562

 

 
71,501

 

Accrued interest payable
3,505

 
3,505

 

 

Total financial liabilities
$
6,870,997

 
4,261,718

 
2,592,215

 


 
 
 
Fair Value Measurements
At the End of the Reporting Period Using
(Dollars in thousands)
Carrying Amount December 31, 2012
 
Quoted Prices
in Active  Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
 
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
 
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
Financial assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
187,040

 
187,040

 

 

Investment securities, available-for-sale
3,683,005

 

 
3,683,005

 

Loans held for sale
145,501

 
145,501

 

 

Loans receivable, net of ALLL
3,266,571

 

 
3,184,987

 
186,201

Accrued interest receivable
37,770

 
37,770

 

 

Non-marketable equity securities
48,812

 

 
48,812

 

Total financial assets
$
7,368,699

 
370,311

 
6,916,804

 
186,201

Financial liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits
$
5,364,461

 
3,585,126

 
1,789,134

 

FHLB advances
997,013

 

 
1,027,101

 

Repurchase agreements and other borrowed funds
299,540

 

 
299,540

 

Subordinated debentures
125,418

 

 
70,895

 

Accrued interest payable
4,675

 
4,675

 

 

Interest rate swaps
16,832

 

 
16,832

 

Total financial liabilities
$
6,807,939

 
3,589,801

 
3,203,502

 



104



Note 21. Contingencies and Commitments

The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and letters of credit, and involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk. The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet instruments.

The Company had the following outstanding commitments:
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31,
2013
 
December 31,
2012
Commitments to extend credit
$
866,885

 
802,595

Letters of credit
14,665

 
12,600

Total outstanding commitments
$
881,550

 
815,195


The Company is a defendant in legal proceedings arising in the normal course of business. In the opinion of management, the disposition of pending litigation will not have a material affect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

Note 22. Mergers and Acquisitions

On May 31, 2013, the Company acquired 100 percent of the outstanding common stock of Wheatland and its wholly-owned subsidiary, First State Bank, a community bank based in Wheatland, Wyoming. First State Bank provides community banking services to individuals and businesses from banking offices in Wheatland, Torrington and Guernsey, Wyoming. As a result of the acquisition, the Company has increased its presence in the State of Wyoming and further diversified its loan, customer and deposit base with First State Bank’s strong commitment to agriculture. First State Bank operates as a division of the Bank under the name “First State Bank, division of Glacier Bank.” The Wheatland acquisition was valued at $39,315,000 and resulted in the Company issuing 1,455,256 shares of its common stock and $11,025,000 in cash in exchange for all of Wheatland’s outstanding common stock shares. The fair value of the Company’s common stock shares issued was determined on the basis of the closing market price of the Company’s common stock shares on the May 31, 2013 acquisition date.

On July 31, 2013, the Company acquired 100 percent of the outstanding common stock of NCBI and its wholly-owned subsidiary, North Cascades National Bank, a community bank based in Chelan, Washington. North Cascades Bank provides community banking services to individuals and businesses in central Washington, with banking offices located in Chelan, Wenatchee, East Wenatchee, Omak, Brewster, Twisp, Okanogan, Grand Coulee and Waterville, Washington. The acquisition expanded the Company’s market into central Washington and further diversified the Company’s loan, customer and deposit base due to the region’s solid economic base of agriculture, fruit processing and tourism. North Cascades Bank operates as a division of the Bank under the name “North Cascades Bank, division of Glacier Bank.” The NCBI acquisition was valued at $30,576,000 and resulted in the Company issuing 687,876 shares of its common stock and $13,833,000 in cash in exchange for all of NCBI’s outstanding common stock shares. The fair value of the Company’s common stock shares issued was determined on the basis of the closing market price of the Company’s common stock shares on the July 31, 2013 acquisition date.


105



Note 22. Mergers and Acquisitions (continued)

The assets and liabilities of Wheatland and NCBI were recorded on the Company’s consolidated statements of financial condition at their estimated fair values as of the May 31, 2013 and July 31, 2013 acquisition dates, respectively, and their results of operations have been included in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations since those dates. The excess of the fair value of consideration transferred over total identifiable net assets was recorded as goodwill. The goodwill arising from the acquisitions consists largely of the synergies and economies of scale expected from combining the operations of the Company, Wheatland and NCBI. None of the goodwill is deductible for income tax purposes as both acquisitions were accounted for as tax-free exchanges. The following table discloses the calculation of the fair value of consideration transferred, the total identifiable net assets acquired and the resulting goodwill relating to the Wheatland and NCBI acquisitions:

 
Wheatland
 
NCBI
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
May 31,
2013
 
July 31,
2013
 
Total
Fair value of consideration transferred
 
 
 
 
 
Fair value of Company shares issued, net of equity issuance costs
$
28,290

 
16,743

 
45,033

Cash consideration for outstanding shares
11,025

 
13,833

 
24,858

Total fair value of consideration transferred
39,315

 
30,576

 
69,891

Recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed
 
 
 
 
 
Identifiable assets acquired
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
23,148

 
27,865

 
51,013

Investment securities, available-for-sale
75,643

 
48,058

 
123,701

Loans receivable
171,199

 
215,986

 
387,185

Core deposit intangible
2,079

 
3,660

 
5,739

Accrued income and other assets
15,063

 
24,262

 
39,325

Total identifiable assets acquired
287,132

 
319,831

 
606,963

Liabilities assumed
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits
255,197

 
294,980

 
550,177

FHLB advances and other borrowed funds
5,467

 

 
5,467

Accrued expenses and other liabilities
562

 
4,472

 
5,034

Total liabilities assumed
261,226

 
299,452

 
560,678

Total identifiable net assets
25,906

 
20,379

 
46,285

Goodwill recognized
$
13,409

 
10,197

 
23,606


The fair value of the Wheatland and NCBI assets acquired includes loans with fair values of $171,199,000 and $215,986,000, respectively. The gross principal and contractual interest due under the Wheatland and NCBI contracts is $176,698,000 and $223,949,000, respectively, all of which is expected to be collectible.

Core deposit intangible assets related to the Wheatland and NCBI acquisitions totaled $2,079,000 with an estimated life of 11 years and $3,660,000 with an estimated life of 10 years, respectively.

The Company incurred $832,000 and $667,000, respectively, of Wheatland and NCBI third-party acquisition-related costs during the year ended December 31, 2013. The expenses are included in other expense in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.


106



Note 22. Mergers and Acquisitions (continued)

Total income consisting of net interest income and non-interest income of the acquired operations of Wheatland was approximately $7,946,000 and net income was approximately $2,100,000 from May 31, 2013 to December 31, 2013. Total income consisting of net interest income and non-interest income of the acquired operations of NCBI was approximately $6,837,000 and net income was approximately $1,108,000 from July 31, 2013 to December 31, 2013. The following unaudited pro forma summary presents consolidated information of the Company as if the Wheatland and NCBI acquisitions had occurred on January 1, 2012:

 
Year ended
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31,
2013
 
December 31,
2012
Net interest income and non-interest income
$
339,236

 
334,317

Net income
96,392

 
80,403


Note 23. Subsequent Event

In connection with the ongoing monitoring of its investment securities portfolio, the Company reclassified obligations of state and local government securities with a fair value of approximately $484,583,000, inclusive of a net unrealized gain of $4,624,000, from AFS classification to HTM classification. The reclassification occurred on January 1, 2014 and changed the allocation of the Company’s entire investment securities portfolio from 100 percent AFS to approximately 85 percent AFS and 15 percent HTM. The future impact of this reclassification, if any, on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations will depend on interest rate environments and other factors which are not estimable at this time.



107



Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

There have been no changes or disagreements with accountants on accounting and financial disclosure.
 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
An evaluation was carried out under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), of the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures. Based on that evaluation, the CEO and CFO have concluded that as of the end of the period covered by this report, the disclosure controls and procedures are effective to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports that are filed or submitted under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 are recorded, processed, summarized and timely reported as provided in the SEC’s rules and forms. As a result of this evaluation, there were no significant changes in the internal control over financial reporting during the three months ended December 31, 2013 that have materially affected, or are reasonable likely to materially affect, the internal control over financial reporting.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting as it relates to its financial statements presented in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The Company’s internal control system was designed to provide reasonable assurance to the Company’s management and Board of Directors regarding the preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Internal control over financial reporting includes self monitoring mechanisms and actions are taken to correct deficiencies as they are identified.

There are inherent limitations in any internal control, no matter how well designed, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected, including the possibility of circumvention or overriding of controls. Accordingly, even an effective internal control system can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation. Further, because of changes in conditions, the effectiveness of an internal control system may vary over time.

Management assessed its internal control structure over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013. This assessment was based on criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting described in the “1992 Internal Control – Integrated Framework” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, management asserts that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as it relates to its financial statements presented in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

BKD LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited the financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013, has issued an attestation report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Such attestation report expresses an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013.
 

Item 9B. Other Information

None



108



PART III
 
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Information regarding “Directors and Executive Officers” is set forth under the headings “Election of Directors” and “Management – Executive Officers who are not Directors” of the Company’s 2014 Annual Meeting Proxy Statement (“Proxy Statement”) and is incorporated herein by reference.

Information regarding “Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act” is set forth under the section “Compliance with Section 16(a) Filing Requirements” of the Company’s Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

Information regarding the Company’s audit committee financial expert is set forth under the heading “Meetings and Committees of the Board of Directors – Committee Membership” in the Company’s Proxy Statement and is incorporated by reference.

Consistent with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Company has a Code of Ethics applicable to senior financial officers including the principal executive officer. The Code of Ethics can be accessed electronically by visiting the Company’s website at www.glacierbancorp.com. The Code of Ethics is also listed as Exhibit 14 to this report, and is incorporated by reference to the Company’s 2003 annual report Form 10-K.
 

Item 11. Executive Compensation

Information regarding “Executive Compensation” is set forth under the headings “Compensation of Directors” and “Executive Compensation” of the Company’s Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Information regarding “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” is set forth under the headings “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” of the Company’s Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Information regarding “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence” is set forth under the heading “Transactions with Management” and “Corporate Governance – Director Independence” of the Company’s Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
 

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

Information regarding “Principal Accounting Fees and Services” is set forth under the heading “Auditors – Fees Paid to Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” of the Company’s Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.



109



PART IV
 
Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

List of Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedules
(a)    The following documents are filed as a part of this report:
(1)    Financial Statements and
(2)    Financial Statement schedules required to be filed by Item 8 of this report.
(3)    The following exhibits are required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K and are included as part of this Form 10-K:

 
Exhibit No.
 
Exhibit
 
3(a)
 
Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation 1
 
3(b)
 
Amended and Restated Bylaws 1
 
10(a) *
 
Amended and Restated 1994 Director Stock Option Plan and related agreements 2
 
10(b) *
 
Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan effective January 1, 2008 3
 
10(c) *
 
Amended and Restated Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement effective January 1, 2008 3
 
10(d) *
 
2005 Stock Incentive Plan and related agreements 4
 
10(e) *
 
Employment Agreement dated January 1, 2014 between the Company and Michael J. Blodnick 5
 
10(f) *
 
Employment Agreement dated January 1, 2014 between the Company and Ron J. Copher 5
 
10(g) *
 
Employment Agreement dated January 1, 2014 between the Company and Don Chery 5
 
10(h) *
 
Nonemployee Service Provider Deferred Compensation Plan 6
 
14
 
Code of Ethics 7
 
21
 
Subsidiaries of the Company (See item 1, “Subsidiaries”)
 
23
 
Consent of BKD LLP
 
31.1
 
Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
31.2
 
Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
32
 
Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes – Oxley Act of 2002
 
101
 
The following financial information from Glacier Bancorp, Inc’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 is formatted in XBRL: 1) the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition, 2) the Consolidated Statements of Operations, 3) the Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income, 4) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, and 5) the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
__________
1 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibits 3.i. and 3.ii included in the Company’s Quarterly Report on form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2008.
2 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibits 99.1 - 99.4 of the Company’s S-8 Registration Statement (No. 333-105995).
3 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibits 10(c) and 10(d) included in the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008.
4 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibits 99.1 through 99.3 of the Company’s S-8 Registration Statement (No. 333-125024).
5 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibits 10.1 through 10.3 included in the Company’s Form 8-K filed by the Company on December 30, 2013.
6    Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 included in the Company’s Form 8-K filed by the Company on October 31, 2012.
7 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 14, included in the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003.
* 
Compensatory Plan or Arrangement

All other financial statement schedules required by Regulation S-X are omitted because they are not applicable, not material or because the information is included in the consolidated financial statements or related notes.


110



SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized on February 28, 2014.
 
 
 
GLACIER BANCORP, INC.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By: /s/ Michael J. Blodnick
 
 
 
Michael J. Blodnick
 
 
 
President and CEO
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below on February 28, 2014, by the following persons on behalf of the registrant in the capacities indicated.
 
/s/ Michael J. Blodnick
  
President, CEO, and Director
Michael J. Blodnick
  
(Principal Executive Officer)
 
 
 
/s/ Ron J. Copher
  
Executive Vice President and CFO
Ron J. Copher
  
(Principal Financial Accounting Officer)
 
 
 
Board of Directors
  
 
 
 
 
/s/ Dallas I. Herron
  
Chairman
Dallas I. Herron
  
 
 
 
 
/s/ Sherry L. Cladouhos
  
Director
Sherry L. Cladouhos
  
 
 
 
 
/s/ James M. English
  
Director
James M. English
  
 
 
 
 
/s/ Allen J. Fetscher
  
Director
Allen J. Fetscher
  
 
 
 
 
/s/ Annie M. Goodwin
  
Director
Annie M. Goodwin
  
 
 
 
 
/s/ Craig A. Langel
  
Director
Craig A. Langel
  
 
 
 
 
/s/ L. Peter Larson
  
Director
L. Peter Larson
  
 
 
 
 
/s/ Douglas J. McBride
  
Director
Douglas J. McBride
  
 
 
 
 
/s/ John W. Murdoch
  
Director
John W. Murdoch
  
 
 
 
 
/s/ Everit A. Sliter
  
Director
Everit A. Sliter
  
 



111